Fujitsu AIRSTAGE J-IIIL Design & Technical Manual
  1. Manuals
  2. Brands
  3. Fujitsu Manuals
  4. Inverter
  5. AIRSTAGE J-IIIL
  6. Design & technical manual

Fujitsu AIRSTAGE J-IIIL Design & Technical Manual

Hide thumbs
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
122
123
124
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
140
141
142
143
144
145
146
147
148
149
150
151
152
153
154
155
156
157
158
159
160
161
162
163
164
165
166
167
168
169
170
171
172
173
174
175
176
177
178
179
180
181
182
183
184
185
186
187
188
189
190
191
192
193
194
195
196
197
198
199
200
201
202
203
204
205
206
207
208
209
210
211
212
213
214
215
216
217
218
219
220
221
222
223
224
225
226
227
228
229
230
231
232
233
234
235
236
237
238
239
240
241
242
243
244
245
246
247
248
249
250
251
252
253
254
255
256
257
258
259
260
261
262
263
264
265
266
267
268
269
270
271
272
273
274
275
276
277
278
279
280
281
282
283
284
285
286
287
288
289
290
291
292
293
294
295
296
297
298
299
300
301
302
303
304
305
306
307
308
309
310
311
312
313
314
315
316
317
318
319
320
321
322
323
324
325
326
327
328
329
330
331
332
333
334
335
336
337
338
339
340
341
342
343
344
345
346
347
348
349
350
351
352
353
354
355
356
357
358
359
360
361
362
363
364
365
366
367
368
369
370
371
372
373
374
375
376
377
378
379
380
381
382
383
384
385
386
387
388
389
390
391
392
393
394
395
396
397
398
399
400
401
402
403
404
405
406
407
408
409
410
411
412
413
414
415
416
417
418
419
420
421
422
423
424
425
426
427
428
429
430
431
432
433
434
435
436
437
438
439
440
441
442
443
444
445
446
447
448
449
450
451
452
453
454
455
456
457
458
459
460
461
462
463
464
465
466
467
468
469
470
471
472
473
474
475
476
477
478
479
480
481
482
483
484
485
486
487
488
489
490
491
492
493
494
495
496
497
498
499
500
501
502
503
504
505
506
507
508
509
510
511
512
513
514
515
516
517
518
519
520
521
522
523
524
525
526
527
528
529
530
531
532
533
534
535
536
537
538
539
540
541
542
543
544
545
546
547
548
549
550
551
552
553
554
555
556
557
558
559
560
561
562
563
564
565
566
567
568
569
570
571
572
573
574
575
576
577
578
579
580
581
582
583
584
585
586
587
588
589
590
591
592
593
594
595
596
597
598
599
600
601
602
603
604
605
606
607
608
609
610
611
612
613
614
615
616
617
618
619
620
621
622
623
624
625
626
627
628
629
630
631
632
633
634
635
636
637
638
639
640
641
642
643
644
645
646
647
648
649
650
651
652
653
654
655
656
657
658
659
660
661
662
663
664
665
666
667
668
669
670
671
672
673
674
675
676
677
678
679
680
681
682
683
684
685
686
687
688
689
690
691
692
693
694
695
696
697
698
699
700
701
702
703
704
705
706
707
708
709
710
711
712
713
714
715
716
717
718
719
720
721
722
723
724
725
726
727
728
729
730
731
732
733
734
735
736
737
738
739
740
741
742
743
744
745
746
747
748
749
750
751
752
753
754
755
756
757
758
759
760
761
762
763
764
765
766
767
768
769
770
771
772
773
774
775
776
777
778
779
780
781
782
783
784
785
786
787
788
789
790
791
792
793
794
795
796
797
798
799
800
801
802
803
804
805
806
807
808
809
810
811
812
813
814
815
816
817
818
819
820
821
822
823
824
825
826
827
828
829
830
831
832
833
834
835
836
837
838
839
840
841
842
843
844
845
846
847
848
849
850
851
852
853
854
855
856
857
858
859
860
861
862
863
864
865
866
867
868
869
870
871
872
873
874
875
876
877
878
879
880
881
882
883
884
885
886
887
888
889
890
891
892
893
894
895
896
897
898
899
900
901
902
903
904
Table of Contents

Advertisement

Quick Links

DESIGN & TECHNICAL MANUAL

Advertisement

Table of Contents
loading

Related Manuals for Fujitsu AIRSTAGE J-IIIL

Summary of Contents for Fujitsu AIRSTAGE J-IIIL

  • Page 1 DESIGN & TECHNICAL MANUAL...
  • Page 2 CONTENTS 1. GENERAL INFORMATION 2. MODEL SELECTION 3. OUTDOOR UNITS 4. INDOOR UNITS 5. CONTROL SYSTEM 6. SYSTEM DESIGN 7. FUNCTION SETTINGS 8. EXTERNAL INPUT AND OUTPUT 9. NOTES 10. OPTIONAL PARTS...
  • Page 3 1. GENERAL INFORMATION 2019.11.01 DV_CH01_J3LU061EF_02...
  • Page 4 CONTENTS 1. GENERAL INFORMATION 1. Outdoor unit and indoor unit lineup ............01-1 1-1. Outdoor units ........................01-1 1-2. Indoor units........................01-2 2. Optional parts....................01-5 2-1. Controllers ........................01-5 2-2. Adapter/Convertor/Maintenance tool ................01-8 2-3. Branch kit ........................01-9 2-4. Cassette grille.......................01-11 2-5. Others...........................01-12...
  • Page 5 120,000 AOU120RLAVL ¢ Model designation Column Code Column Item Description Type AO: Outdoor unit Brand U: Fujitsu 72: 72,000 Btu/h Capacity 96: 96,000 Btu/h 120: 120,000 Btu/h Function R: Heat pump Function L: Inverter A: J series Function B: V series (230V)
  • Page 6 1-2. Indoor units Type Capacity Btu/h 4,000 7,500 9,500 12,000 14,000 18,000 24,000 30,000 34,000 36,000 48,000 60,000 72,000 96,000 Model code Compact cas- ● ● ● ● ● ● ● sette ● ● ● Circular flow cassette ● ● ●...
  • Page 7 Rated capacity Dimensions (Btu/h) Type Model name Remarks Cooling Heating H × W × D 4,000 4,400 AUUA4TLAV2 Cassette grille: 7,500 9,500 AUUA7TLAV2 UTG-CCGVG 9,500 10,900 AUUA9TLAV2 Compact 9-5/8 × 22-7/16 × 22-7/16 12,000 13,500 AUUA12TLAV2 (Grid type) cassette (245 × 570 × 570) 14,000 15,600 AUUA14TLAV2...
  • Page 8 AU: Cassette type AR: Duct type Type AB: Floor/Ceiling or Ceiling type AS: Wall mounted type Brand U: Fujitsu A: Standard (AU, AS) B: Large (AU, AS) Model L: Slim (AR) M: Middle static pressure (AR) H: High static pressure (AR)
  • Page 9 UTY-ALGXZ1 scale buildings. controller lite Optional: UTY-PLGXA2, UTY- PLGXR2, UTY-PLGXE2, UTY- PLGXP2, UTY-PLGXX2 Control and monitor Fujitsu’s air conditioner via LAN or Internet. Allow Touch panel user or tenant to manage only UTY-DTGYZ1 controller assigned equipment by their PC or tablet from anywhere.
  • Page 10 Exterior Part name Model name Summary Room temperature can be controlled Wired remote by detecting the temperature UTY-RNKU SET TEMP. START/STOP controller accurately with built-in thermo sensor. Wire type: Polar 3-wire Compact remote controller concentrates on the basic functions Simple remote such as Start/Stop, fan control, UTY-RSRY controller...
  • Page 11 DCG: Central remote controller Type CGG: Group remote controller RNR, RNK: Wired remote controller RSR, RHR, RSK, RHK: Simple remote controller LNH: Wireless remote controller Y: Fujitsu Brand X: Neutral brand Version Z1, Z2, Z3 - (01-7) - 2-1. Controllers...
  • Page 12 BMS. Modbus For connection between VRF network convertor for UTY-VMGX system and a Modbus open network. Thermostat For Fujitsu General products using a UTY-TTRX convertor third party thermostat. For connection between VRF network BACnet system to the BMS system using...
  • Page 13 Exterior Part name Model name Summary Extensive monitoring and analysis functions for installation and Service tool UTY-ASGXZ1 maintenance. Operation status and error history can be grasped promptly and adequately. Trouble free operation at all times by web monitoring system. The operation Web monitoring UTY-AMGXZ1 status of the VRF network system...
  • Page 14 ¢ Header Exterior Model name Gas Pipe Liquid Pipe UTR-H0906L Gas Pipe Liquid Pipe UTR-H1806L Liquid Pipe Gas Pipe UTR-H0908L Liquid Pipe Gas Pipe UTR-H1808L - (01-10) - 2-3. Branch kit 2. Optional parts...
  • Page 15 2-4. Cassette grille Exterior Model name Remarks UTG-CCGVG Grid type grille For Compact cassette type UTG-CCGV Standard type grille For Compact cassette type UTG-LCGVCW UTG-LCGVCB For Circular flow cassette type UTG-LCGV For Cassette type - (01-11) - 2-4. Cassette grille 2.
  • Page 16 2-5. Others Exterior Part name Model name Flange (Square) UTD-SF045T For Medium static pressure duct type Flange (Round) UTD-RF204 For Medium static pressure duct type Air filter UTD-LF25NA × 2 pcs For Medium static pressure duct type Air filter UTD-LF60KA ×...
  • Page 17 Exterior Part name Model name Panel spacer UTG-BKXA-W For Cassette type and Circular flow cassette type Wide panel UTG-AKXA-W For Cassette type and Circular flow cassette type Half concealed kit UTR-STA For Compact floor type IR receiver unit UTY-TRHX For all duct type IR receiver unit UTB-YWC For all duct type...
  • Page 18 Exterior Part name Model name Remote sensor unit UTY-XSZX Install when the condition under the roof is over 80% in humidity and over 86 °F (30 °C) in temperature. Insulation Insulation kit for high UTZ-KXRA* humidity *1: For Cassette and Circular flow cassette type *2: For Compact cassette type Fresh air intake kit UTZ-VXAA...
  • Page 19 Exterior Model name UTY-XWZXZ6 For Outdoor unit and RB unit UTY-XWZXZ7 For Indoor unit and Central remote controller UTY-XWZXZ8 For Central remote controller UTY-XWZXZ9 For Outdoor unit UTY-XWZXZA For Touch panel controller and Central remote controller UTY-XWZXZB For Indoor unit and RB unit UTY-XWZXZC For Indoor unit UTY-XWZXZD...
  • Page 20 - (01-16) - 2-5. Others 2. Optional parts...
  • Page 21 2. MODEL SELECTION 2019.11.01 DV_CH02_J3LU061EF_02...
  • Page 22 CONTENTS 2. MODEL SELECTION 1. Model selection and capacity calculation ..........02-1 1-1. Model selection procedure....................02-1 1-2. Indoor unit and outdoor unit selection procedure............02-2 1-3. Capacity calculation method...................02-4 1-4. Cooling capacity range of connectable indoor units .............02-12 1-5. Capacity compensation coefficient ................02-13 2.
  • Page 23 1. Model selection and capacity calculation 1-1. Model selection procedure Refer to following information: • “Indoor units” of "Model lineup" in Chapter 3. OUT- Selection of indoor units DOOR UNITS on page 03-1 • "Indoor unit and outdoor unit selection procedure" page 02-2 ↓...
  • Page 24 1-2. Indoor unit and outdoor unit selection procedure Confirm the design of indoor and outdoor tem- perature condition. ↓ Calculate heat load of each room. ↓ Select indoor unit to match the heat load for each room. ↓ [▲] Refer to "Capacity calculation method"...
  • Page 25 Confirm whether satisfy the following calculation. Total capacity of indoor units at design tempera- If A is lower than B, go to step marked [▼▼▼]. ture ≥ compensated capacity of outdoor units (A ≥ B) ↓ System capacity = B ↓...
  • Page 26 1-3. Capacity calculation method The capacity calculation method which takes the effects of air temperature, pipe length, and frosting/ defrosting into consideration is shown below. (TCin)r : Capacity of indoor unit at rated condition (TCin)d : Capacity of indoor unit at design temperature (TCin)e : Estimated capacity of indoor unit ∑(TCin)r...
  • Page 27 • Compensated capacity of outdoor units 1. Find (TCout)r. Refer to the value marked blue in "Cooling capacity table (Outdoor unit)" on page 02-54 or the value marked orange in "Heating capacity table (Outdoor unit)" on page 02-63. 2. Find the following compensation coefficient. Refer to "Capacity compensation coefficient"...
  • Page 28 ¢ Calculation example  Example 1 Design conditions Indoor temperature Outdoor temperature Pipe length Height difference 82°FDB/68°FWB 95°FDB 246 ft 65 ft (20 m) Outdoor unit higher side (27.8°CDB/20°CWB) (35°CDB) (75 m) Outdoor unit Pipe length (L) = 246 ft (75 m) Indoor Indoor Indoor...
  • Page 29 • Preliminary selection of outdoor unit Item Value Remark B-1 Outdoor unit model 6 Ton: AOU72RLAVL Refer to the value marked gray in B-2 (TCout)r kBtu/h 72.0 "Cooling capacity table (Outdoor unit)" on page 02-54 B-3 ∑(TCin)r/(TCout)r 123.6 (A-7)/(B-2) Refer to "Calculation example of 6 B-4 (TCout)d kBtu/h...
  • Page 30 Calculation method of outdoor unit capacity from capacity tables (X , Y ) (X, Y) (X , Y ) Capacity ratio of indoor units to outdoor unit, X (%) Equation for outdoor unit capacity calculation: Y = (Y )/(X ) × (X - X ) + Y NOTE: Refer to "Cooling capacity table (Outdoor unit)"...
  • Page 31  Example 2 Design conditions Indoor temperature Outdoor temperature Pipe length Height difference 82°FDB/68°FWB 95°FDB 246 ft 65 ft (20 m) Outdoor unit higher side (27.8°CDB/20°CWB) (35°CDB) (75 m) Outdoor unit Pipe length (L) = 246 ft (75 m) Indoor Indoor Indoor Indoor...
  • Page 32 • Preliminary selection of outdoor unit Item Value Remark B-1 Outdoor unit model 8 Ton: AOU96RLAVL Refer to the value marked gray in B-2 (TCout)r kBtu/h 96.0 "Cooling capacity table (Outdoor unit)" on page 02-54 B-3 ∑(TCin)r/(TCout)r 102.1 (A-7)/(B-2) Refer to "Calculation example of 8 B-4 (TCout)d kBtu/h...
  • Page 33 Calculation method of outdoor unit capacity from capacity tables (X , Y ) (X, Y) (X , Y ) Capacity ratio of indoor units to outdoor unit, X (%) Equation for outdoor unit capacity calculation: Y = (Y )/(X ) × (X - X ) + Y NOTE: Refer to "Cooling capacity table (Outdoor unit)"...
  • Page 34 1-4. Cooling capacity range of connectable indoor units RELATED LINKS "Refrigerant system" in Chapter 6. SYSTEM DESIGN on page 06-1 ¢ Stand-alone Capacity (Btu/h) Connectable indoor unit Set model name Maximum Cooling capacity range Cooling Heating number (Btu/h)* 72,000 81,000 AOU72RLAVL 36,000 to 108,000 96,000...
  • Page 35 1-5. Capacity compensation coefficient ¢ Compensation coefficient of pipe length The figures give the compensation coefficient of pipe length owing to installation position (pipe length and height difference). Pipe length and height difference are the length and the height differ- ence between master outdoor unit and indoor unit.
  • Page 36 2. Cooling capacity table (Indoor unit) • TC: Total capacity (kBtu/h) • SHC: Sensible heat capacity (kBtu/h) 2-1. Compact cassette type ¢ Model: AUUA4TLAV2 Indoor temperature Outdoor tem- perature 68°FDB/59°FWB 73°FDB/61°FWB 75°FDB/63°FWB 79°FDB/64°FWB 80°FDB/67°FWB 82°FDB/68°FWB 86°FDB/72°FWB 90°FDB/73°FWB °FDB ¢ Model: AUUA7TLAV2 Indoor temperature Outdoor tem- perature...
  • Page 37 ¢ Model: AUUA12TLAV2 Indoor temperature Outdoor tem- perature 68°FDB/59°FWB 73°FDB/61°FWB 75°FDB/63°FWB 79°FDB/64°FWB 80°FDB/67°FWB 82°FDB/68°FWB 86°FDB/72°FWB 90°FDB/73°FWB °FDB 10.4 12.0 12.6 14.7 15.3 10.3 10.4 12.0 12.6 14.7 15.3 10.3 10.4 12.0 12.6 14.7 15.3 10.3 10.4 12.0 12.6 14.7 15.2 10.3 10.4 12.0...
  • Page 38 2-2. Circular flow cassette type ¢ Model: AUUB18TLAV2 Indoor temperature Outdoor tem- perature 68°FDB/59°FWB 73°FDB/61°FWB 75°FDB/63°FWB 79°FDB/64°FWB 80°FDB/67°FWB 82°FDB/68°FWB 86°FDB/72°FWB 90°FDB/73°FWB °FDB 11.4 13.1 11.9 14.7 12.3 15.5 14.2 18.0 13.6 18.8 14.3 22.1 14.8 23.0 16.6 11.4 13.1 11.9 14.7 12.3 15.5...
  • Page 39 ¢ Model: AUUB48TLAV2 Indoor temperature Outdoor tem- perature 68°FDB/59°FWB 73°FDB/61°FWB 75°FDB/63°FWB 79°FDB/64°FWB 80°FDB/67°FWB 82°FDB/68°FWB 86°FDB/72°FWB 90°FDB/73°FWB °FDB 30.4 23.5 34.8 28.5 39.2 29.7 41.4 33.9 48.0 33.0 50.2 34.7 59.0 36.2 61.2 40.1 30.4 23.5 34.8 28.5 39.2 29.7 41.4 33.9 48.0 33.0...
  • Page 40 2-3. Cassette type ¢ Model: AUUB18TLAV Indoor temperature Outdoor tem- perature 68°FDB/59°FWB 73°FDB/61°FWB 75°FDB/63°FWB 79°FDB/64°FWB 80°FDB/67°FWB 82°FDB/68°FWB 86°FDB/72°FWB 90°FDB/73°FWB °FDB 11.4 10.2 13.1 12.5 14.7 13.0 15.5 15.0 18.0 14.3 18.8 15.0 22.1 15.5 23.0 17.4 11.4 10.2 13.1 12.5 14.7 13.0 15.5...
  • Page 41 2-4. Mini duct type ¢ Model: ARUL4TLAV1 Indoor temperature Outdoor tem- perature 68°FDB/59°FWB 73°FDB/61°FWB 75°FDB/63°FWB 79°FDB/64°FWB 80°FDB/67°FWB 82°FDB/68°FWB 86°FDB/72°FWB 90°FDB/73°FWB °FDB - (02-19) - 2-4. Mini duct type 2. Cooling capacity table (Indoor unit)
  • Page 42 2-5. Slim duct/Slim concealed floor type ¢ Model: ARUL7TLAV2 Indoor temperature Outdoor tem- perature 68°FDB/59°FWB 73°FDB/61°FWB 75°FDB/63°FWB 79°FDB/64°FWB 80°FDB/67°FWB 82°FDB/68°FWB 86°FDB/72°FWB 90°FDB/73°FWB °FDB ¢ Model: ARUL9TLAV2 Indoor temperature Outdoor tem- perature 68°FDB/59°FWB 73°FDB/61°FWB 75°FDB/63°FWB 79°FDB/64°FWB 80°FDB/67°FWB 82°FDB/68°FWB 86°FDB/72°FWB 90°FDB/73°FWB °FDB 11.7 12.1 11.7...
  • Page 43 ¢ Model: ARUL18TLAV2 Indoor temperature Outdoor tem- perature 68°FDB/59°FWB 73°FDB/61°FWB 75°FDB/63°FWB 79°FDB/64°FWB 80°FDB/67°FWB 82°FDB/68°FWB 86°FDB/72°FWB 90°FDB/73°FWB °FDB 11.4 13.1 11.2 14.7 11.7 15.5 13.4 18.0 13.0 18.8 13.6 22.1 14.2 23.0 15.8 11.4 13.1 11.2 14.7 11.7 15.5 13.4 18.0 13.0 18.8 13.6...
  • Page 44 2-6. Medium static pressure duct type ¢ Model: ARUM24TLAV2 Indoor temperature Outdoor tem- perature 68°FDB/59°FWB 73°FDB/61°FWB 75°FDB/63°FWB 79°FDB/64°FWB 80°FDB/67°FWB 82°FDB/68°FWB 86°FDB/72°FWB 90°FDB/73°FWB °FDB 15.2 12.3 17.4 14.9 19.6 15.5 20.7 17.8 24.0 17.2 25.1 18.1 29.5 18.8 30.6 20.9 15.2 12.3 17.4 14.9...
  • Page 45 2-7. High static pressure duct type ¢ Model: ARUH36TLAV Indoor temperature Outdoor tem- perature 68°FDB/59°FWB 73°FDB/61°FWB 75°FDB/63°FWB 79°FDB/64°FWB 80°FDB/67°FWB 82°FDB/68°FWB 86°FDB/72°FWB 90°FDB/73°FWB °FDB 22.8 18.1 26.1 22.0 29.4 22.9 31.1 26.2 36.0 25.5 37.7 26.7 44.2 27.9 45.9 30.9 22.8 18.1 26.1 22.0...
  • Page 46 ¢ Model: ARUH96TLAV2 Indoor temperature Outdoor tem- perature 68°FDB/59°FWB 73°FDB/61°FWB 75°FDB/63°FWB 79°FDB/64°FWB 80°FDB/67°FWB 82°FDB/68°FWB 86°FDB/72°FWB 90°FDB/73°FWB °FDB 60.9 45.6 69.7 55.0 78.4 57.6 82.9 65.4 96.0 64.2 100.4 67.4 118.0 70.7 122.4 77.9 60.9 45.6 69.7 55.0 78.4 57.6 82.9 65.4 96.0 64.2...
  • Page 47 2-8. Compact floor type ¢ Model: AGUA4TLAV1 Indoor temperature Outdoor tem- perature 68°FDB/59°FWB 73°FDB/61°FWB 75°FDB/63°FWB 79°FDB/64°FWB 80°FDB/67°FWB 82°FDB/68°FWB 86°FDB/72°FWB 90°FDB/73°FWB °FDB ¢ Model: AGUA7TLAV1 Indoor temperature Outdoor tem- perature 68°FDB/59°FWB 73°FDB/61°FWB 75°FDB/63°FWB 79°FDB/64°FWB 80°FDB/67°FWB 82°FDB/68°FWB 86°FDB/72°FWB 90°FDB/73°FWB °FDB ¢ Model: AGUA9TLAV1 Indoor temperature Outdoor tem- perature...
  • Page 48 ¢ Model: AGUA14TLAV1 Indoor temperature Outdoor tem- perature 68°FDB/59°FWB 73°FDB/61°FWB 75°FDB/63°FWB 79°FDB/64°FWB 80°FDB/67°FWB 82°FDB/68°FWB 86°FDB/72°FWB 90°FDB/73°FWB °FDB 10.2 11.4 12.1 10.2 14.0 14.6 10.4 17.2 10.8 17.9 12.0 10.2 11.4 12.1 10.2 14.0 14.6 10.4 17.2 10.8 17.9 12.0 10.2 11.4 12.1 10.2...
  • Page 49 2-9. Floor/Ceiling type ¢ Model: ABUA12TLAV2 Indoor temperature Outdoor tem- perature 68°FDB/59°FWB 73°FDB/61°FWB 75°FDB/63°FWB 79°FDB/64°FWB 80°FDB/67°FWB 82°FDB/68°FWB 86°FDB/72°FWB 90°FDB/73°FWB °FDB 10.4 12.0 12.6 14.7 15.3 11.1 10.4 12.0 12.6 14.7 15.3 11.1 10.4 12.0 12.6 14.7 15.3 11.1 10.4 12.0 12.6 14.7 15.2...
  • Page 50 2-10. Ceiling type ¢ Model: ABUA30TLAV2 Indoor temperature Outdoor tem- perature 68°FDB/59°FWB 73°FDB/61°FWB 75°FDB/63°FWB 79°FDB/64°FWB 80°FDB/67°FWB 82°FDB/68°FWB 86°FDB/72°FWB 90°FDB/73°FWB °FDB 19.0 16.1 21.8 19.7 24.5 20.4 25.9 23.5 30.0 22.6 31.4 23.8 36.9 24.6 38.3 27.5 19.0 16.1 21.8 19.7 24.5 20.4 25.9...
  • Page 51 2-11. Wall mounted type ¢ Model: ASUA4TLAV1 Indoor temperature Outdoor tem- perature 68°FDB/59°FWB 73°FDB/61°FWB 75°FDB/63°FWB 79°FDB/64°FWB 80°FDB/67°FWB 82°FDB/68°FWB 86°FDB/72°FWB 90°FDB/73°FWB °FDB ¢ Model: ASUA7TLAV1 Indoor temperature Outdoor tem- perature 68°FDB/59°FWB 73°FDB/61°FWB 75°FDB/63°FWB 79°FDB/64°FWB 80°FDB/67°FWB 82°FDB/68°FWB 86°FDB/72°FWB 90°FDB/73°FWB °FDB ¢ Model: ASUA9TLAV1 Indoor temperature Outdoor tem- perature...
  • Page 52 ¢ Model: ASUA14TLAV1 Indoor temperature Outdoor tem- perature 68°FDB/59°FWB 73°FDB/61°FWB 75°FDB/63°FWB 79°FDB/64°FWB 80°FDB/67°FWB 82°FDB/68°FWB 86°FDB/72°FWB 90°FDB/73°FWB °FDB 10.2 11.4 12.1 10.8 14.0 10.4 14.6 10.9 17.2 11.4 17.9 12.7 10.2 11.4 12.1 10.8 14.0 10.4 14.6 10.9 17.2 11.4 17.9 12.7 10.2 11.4...
  • Page 53 ¢ Model: ASUA36TLAV2 Indoor temperature Outdoor tem- perature 68°FDB/59°FWB 73°FDB/61°FWB 75°FDB/63°FWB 79°FDB/64°FWB 80°FDB/67°FWB 82°FDB/68°FWB 86°FDB/72°FWB 90°FDB/73°FWB °FDB 21.6 17.3 24.7 21.1 27.8 21.9 29.4 25.1 34.0 24.3 35.6 25.5 41.8 26.6 43.4 29.5 21.6 17.3 24.7 21.1 27.8 21.9 29.4 25.1 34.0 24.3...
  • Page 54 ¢ Model: ASUB24TLAV Indoor temperature Outdoor tem- perature 68°FDB/59°FWB 73°FDB/61°FWB 75°FDB/63°FWB 79°FDB/64°FWB 80°FDB/67°FWB 82°FDB/68°FWB 86°FDB/72°FWB 90°FDB/73°FWB °FDB 15.2 12.2 17.4 14.9 19.6 15.4 20.7 17.7 24.0 17.1 25.1 18.0 29.5 18.7 30.6 20.8 15.2 12.2 17.4 14.9 19.6 15.4 20.7 17.7 24.0 17.1...
  • Page 55 3. Heating capacity table (Indoor unit) • TC: Total capacity (kBtu/h) 3-1. Compact cassette type ¢ Model: AUUA4TLAV2 Indoor temperature Outdoor temperature 61°FDB 64°FDB 68°FDB 70°FDB 72°FDB 75°FDB 79°FDB °FDB °FWB -2.7 -4.0 10.4 15.8 14.0 17.0 15.0 23.0 21.2 26.6 24.8 30.2...
  • Page 56 ¢ Model: AUUA12TLAV2 Indoor temperature Outdoor temperature 61°FDB 64°FDB 68°FDB 70°FDB 72°FDB 75°FDB 79°FDB °FDB °FWB -2.7 -4.0 10.4 15.8 14.0 17.0 15.0 10.1 10.1 10.0 10.0 10.0 23.0 21.2 11.2 11.2 11.1 11.1 11.0 11.0 10.9 26.6 24.8 11.8 11.8 11.7 11.7...
  • Page 57 3-2. Circular flow cassette type ¢ Model: AUUB18TLAV2 Indoor temperature Outdoor temperature 61°FDB 64°FDB 68°FDB 70°FDB 72°FDB 75°FDB 79°FDB °FDB °FWB -2.7 -4.0 10.4 10.4 10.4 10.3 10.3 10.3 10.3 12.1 12.0 12.0 11.9 11.9 11.9 11.9 10.4 13.4 13.4 13.3 13.3 13.2...
  • Page 58 ¢ Model: AUUB36TLAV2 Indoor temperature Outdoor temperature 61°FDB 64°FDB 68°FDB 70°FDB 72°FDB 75°FDB 79°FDB °FDB °FWB -2.7 -4.0 20.8 20.8 20.8 20.7 20.7 20.7 20.6 24.1 24.0 24.0 23.8 23.8 23.8 23.7 10.4 26.9 26.8 26.6 26.6 26.5 26.5 26.4 15.8 14.0 29.4...
  • Page 59 3-3. Cassette type ¢ Model: AUUB18TLAV Indoor temperature Outdoor temperature 61°FDB 64°FDB 68°FDB 70°FDB 72°FDB 75°FDB 79°FDB °FDB °FWB -2.7 -4.0 10.4 10.4 10.4 10.3 10.3 10.3 10.3 12.1 12.0 12.0 11.9 11.9 11.9 11.9 10.4 13.4 13.4 13.3 13.3 13.2 13.2 13.2...
  • Page 60 ¢ Model: AUUB36TLAV Indoor temperature Outdoor temperature 61°FDB 64°FDB 68°FDB 70°FDB 72°FDB 75°FDB 79°FDB °FDB °FWB -2.7 -4.0 20.8 20.8 20.8 20.7 20.7 20.7 20.6 24.1 24.0 24.0 23.8 23.8 23.8 23.7 10.4 26.9 26.8 26.6 26.6 26.5 26.5 26.4 15.8 14.0 29.4...
  • Page 61 3-4. Mini duct type ¢ Model: ARUL4TLAV1 Indoor temperature Outdoor temperature 61°FDB 64°FDB 68°FDB 70°FDB 72°FDB 75°FDB 79°FDB °FDB °FWB -2.7 -4.0 10.4 15.8 14.0 17.0 15.0 23.0 21.2 26.6 24.8 30.2 28.4 32.0 30.2 35.6 33.8 41.0 39.2 47.0 43.0 48.2 46.0...
  • Page 62 3-5. Slim duct/Slim concealed floor type ¢ Model: ARUL7TLAV2 Indoor temperature Outdoor temperature 61°FDB 64°FDB 68°FDB 70°FDB 72°FDB 75°FDB 79°FDB °FDB °FWB -2.7 -4.0 10.4 15.8 14.0 17.0 15.0 23.0 21.2 26.6 24.8 30.2 28.4 32.0 30.2 35.6 33.8 41.0 39.2 10.1 10.1...
  • Page 63 ¢ Model: ARUL14TLAV2 Indoor temperature Outdoor temperature 61°FDB 64°FDB 68°FDB 70°FDB 72°FDB 75°FDB 79°FDB °FDB °FWB -2.7 -4.0 10.4 10.5 10.4 10.4 10.4 10.3 10.3 10.3 15.8 14.0 11.5 11.4 11.4 11.4 11.3 11.3 11.2 17.0 15.0 11.7 11.6 11.6 11.5 11.5 11.5...
  • Page 64 3-6. Medium static pressure duct type ¢ Model: ARUM24TLAV2 Indoor temperature Outdoor temperature 61°FDB 64°FDB 68°FDB 70°FDB 72°FDB 75°FDB 79°FDB °FDB °FWB -2.7 -4.0 14.1 14.1 14.1 14.0 14.0 14.0 13.9 16.3 16.2 16.2 16.1 16.1 16.1 16.0 10.4 18.1 18.1 18.0 18.0...
  • Page 65 3-7. High static pressure duct type ¢ Model: ARUH36TLAV Indoor temperature Outdoor temperature 61°FDB 64°FDB 68°FDB 70°FDB 72°FDB 75°FDB 79°FDB °FDB °FWB -2.7 -4.0 20.8 20.8 20.8 20.7 20.7 20.7 20.6 24.1 24.0 24.0 23.8 23.8 23.8 23.7 10.4 26.9 26.8 26.6 26.6...
  • Page 66 ¢ Model: ARUH72TLAV2 Indoor temperature Outdoor temperature 61°FDB 64°FDB 68°FDB 70°FDB 72°FDB 75°FDB 79°FDB °FDB °FWB -2.7 -4.0 42.2 42.2 42.2 41.9 41.9 41.9 41.6 48.8 48.5 48.5 48.3 48.3 48.3 48.0 10.4 54.4 54.2 53.9 53.9 53.7 53.7 53.4 15.8 14.0 59.5...
  • Page 67 3-8. Compact floor type ¢ Model: AGUA4TLAV1 Indoor temperature Outdoor temperature 61°FDB 64°FDB 68°FDB 70°FDB 72°FDB 75°FDB 79°FDB °FDB °FWB -2.7 -4.0 10.4 15.8 14.0 17.0 15.0 23.0 21.2 26.6 24.8 30.2 28.4 32.0 30.2 35.6 33.8 41.0 39.2 47.0 43.0 48.2 46.0...
  • Page 68 ¢ Model: AGUA12TLAV1 Indoor temperature Outdoor temperature 61°FDB 64°FDB 68°FDB 70°FDB 72°FDB 75°FDB 79°FDB °FDB °FWB -2.7 -4.0 10.4 15.8 14.0 17.0 15.0 10.1 10.1 10.0 10.0 10.0 23.0 21.2 11.2 11.2 11.1 11.1 11.0 11.0 10.9 26.6 24.8 11.8 11.8 11.7 11.7...
  • Page 69 3-9. Floor/Ceiling type ¢ Model: ABUA12TLAV2 Indoor temperature Outdoor temperature 61°FDB 64°FDB 68°FDB 70°FDB 72°FDB 75°FDB 79°FDB °FDB °FWB -2.7 -4.0 10.4 15.8 14.0 17.0 15.0 10.1 10.1 10.0 10.0 10.0 23.0 21.2 11.2 11.2 11.1 11.1 11.0 11.0 10.9 26.6 24.8 11.8...
  • Page 70 ¢ Model: ABUA24TLAV2 Indoor temperature Outdoor temperature 61°FDB 64°FDB 68°FDB 70°FDB 72°FDB 75°FDB 79°FDB °FDB °FWB -2.7 -4.0 14.1 14.1 14.1 14.0 14.0 14.0 13.9 16.3 16.2 16.2 16.1 16.1 16.1 16.0 10.4 18.1 18.1 18.0 18.0 17.9 17.9 17.8 15.8 14.0 19.8...
  • Page 71 3-10. Ceiling type ¢ Model: ABUA30TLAV2 Indoor temperature Outdoor temperature 61°FDB 64°FDB 68°FDB 70°FDB 72°FDB 75°FDB 79°FDB °FDB °FWB -2.7 -4.0 17.7 17.7 17.7 17.6 17.6 17.6 17.5 20.5 20.4 20.4 20.3 20.3 20.3 20.2 10.4 22.8 22.7 22.6 22.6 22.5 22.5 22.4...
  • Page 72 3-11. Wall mounted type ¢ Model: ASUA4TLAV1 Indoor temperature Outdoor temperature 61°FDB 64°FDB 68°FDB 70°FDB 72°FDB 75°FDB 79°FDB °FDB °FWB -2.7 -4.0 10.4 15.8 14.0 17.0 15.0 23.0 21.2 26.6 24.8 30.2 28.4 32.0 30.2 35.6 33.8 41.0 39.2 47.0 43.0 48.2 46.0...
  • Page 73 ¢ Model: ASUA12TLAV1 Indoor temperature Outdoor temperature 61°FDB 64°FDB 68°FDB 70°FDB 72°FDB 75°FDB 79°FDB °FDB °FWB -2.7 -4.0 10.4 15.8 14.0 17.0 15.0 10.1 10.1 10.0 10.0 10.0 23.0 21.2 11.2 11.2 11.1 11.1 11.0 11.0 10.9 26.6 24.8 11.8 11.8 11.7 11.7...
  • Page 74 ¢ Model: ASUA30TLAV2 Indoor temperature Outdoor temperature 61°FDB 64°FDB 68°FDB 70°FDB 72°FDB 75°FDB 79°FDB °FDB °FWB -2.7 -4.0 17.7 17.7 17.7 17.6 17.6 17.6 17.5 20.5 20.4 20.4 20.3 20.3 20.3 20.2 10.4 22.8 22.7 22.6 22.6 22.5 22.5 22.4 15.8 14.0 25.0...
  • Page 75 ¢ Model: ASUA12TLAV Indoor temperature Outdoor temperature 61°FDB 64°FDB 68°FDB 70°FDB 72°FDB 75°FDB 79°FDB °FDB °FWB -2.7 -4.0 10.4 15.8 14.0 17.0 15.0 10.1 10.1 10.0 10.0 10.0 23.0 21.2 11.2 11.2 11.1 11.1 11.0 11.0 10.9 26.6 24.8 11.8 11.8 11.7 11.7...
  • Page 76 4. Cooling capacity table (Outdoor unit) • TC: Total capacity (kBtu/h) • IP: Input power of compressor and outdoor fan motor (kW) • The data is based on the following conditions: – Pipe length: 25 ft (7.5 m) – Height difference: 0 ft (0 m) 4-1.
  • Page 77 Cooling capacity at rated condition: 72 kBtu/h (6 ton) Indoor temperature Outdoor Total rated temperature capacity of 68°FDB/59°FWB 73°FDB/61°FWB 75°FDB/63°FWB 79°FDB/64°FWB 80°FDB/67°FWB 82°FDB/68°FWB 86°FDB/72°FWB 90°FDB/73°FWB indoor unit °FDB 55.1 2.91 62.9 3.25 70.7 3.59 74.7 3.76 86.4 4.27 90.3 4.44 106.0 5.12 107.4...
  • Page 78 Cooling capacity at rated condition: 72 kBtu/h (6 ton) Indoor temperature Outdoor Total rated temperature capacity of 68°FDB/59°FWB 73°FDB/61°FWB 75°FDB/63°FWB 79°FDB/64°FWB 80°FDB/67°FWB 82°FDB/68°FWB 86°FDB/72°FWB 90°FDB/73°FWB indoor unit °FDB 36.7 2.12 41.9 2.34 47.1 2.57 49.8 2.68 57.6 3.02 60.2 3.13 70.7 3.59 73.3...
  • Page 79 ¢ Model: AOU96RLAVL Cooling capacity at rated condition: 96 kBtu/h (8 ton) Indoor temperature Outdoor Total rated temperature capacity of 68°FDB/59°FWB 73°FDB/61°FWB 75°FDB/63°FWB 79°FDB/64°FWB 80°FDB/67°FWB 82°FDB/68°FWB 86°FDB/72°FWB 90°FDB/73°FWB indoor unit °FDB 91.8 4.96 104.8 5.54 117.9 6.12 124.5 6.41 144.0 7.27 146.5 7.29...
  • Page 80 Cooling capacity at rated condition: 96 kBtu/h (8 ton) Indoor temperature Outdoor Total rated temperature capacity of 68°FDB/59°FWB 73°FDB/61°FWB 75°FDB/63°FWB 79°FDB/64°FWB 80°FDB/67°FWB 82°FDB/68°FWB 86°FDB/72°FWB 90°FDB/73°FWB indoor unit °FDB 67.3 3.88 76.9 4.31 86.5 4.73 91.3 4.94 105.6 5.57 110.4 5.79 129.6 6.63 134.4...
  • Page 81 Cooling capacity at rated condition: 96 kBtu/h (8 ton) Indoor temperature Outdoor Total rated temperature capacity of 68°FDB/59°FWB 73°FDB/61°FWB 75°FDB/63°FWB 79°FDB/64°FWB 80°FDB/67°FWB 82°FDB/68°FWB 86°FDB/72°FWB 90°FDB/73°FWB indoor unit °FDB 42.8 2.81 48.9 3.07 55.0 3.34 58.1 3.48 67.2 3.88 70.3 4.02 82.5 4.55 85.5...
  • Page 82 ¢ Model: AOU120RLAVL Cooling capacity at rated condition: 120 kBtu/h (10 ton) Indoor temperature Outdoor Total rated temperature capacity of 68°FDB/59°FWB 73°FDB/61°FWB 75°FDB/63°FWB 79°FDB/64°FWB 80°FDB/67°FWB 82°FDB/68°FWB 86°FDB/72°FWB 90°FDB/73°FWB indoor unit °FDB 114.7 6.20 131.0 6.90 147.4 7.61 155.6 7.96 179.7 9.00 182.1 8.99...
  • Page 83 Cooling capacity at rated condition: 120 kBtu/h (10 ton) Indoor temperature Outdoor Total rated temperature capacity of 68°FDB/59°FWB 73°FDB/61°FWB 75°FDB/63°FWB 79°FDB/64°FWB 80°FDB/67°FWB 82°FDB/68°FWB 86°FDB/72°FWB 90°FDB/73°FWB indoor unit °FDB 84.1 4.88 96.1 5.40 108.1 5.91 114.1 6.17 132.0 6.95 138.0 7.21 162.0 8.24 168.0...
  • Page 84 Cooling capacity at rated condition: 120 kBtu/h (10 ton) Indoor temperature Outdoor Total rated temperature capacity of 68°FDB/59°FWB 73°FDB/61°FWB 75°FDB/63°FWB 79°FDB/64°FWB 80°FDB/67°FWB 82°FDB/68°FWB 86°FDB/72°FWB 90°FDB/73°FWB indoor unit °FDB 53.5 3.56 61.1 3.89 68.8 4.21 72.6 4.38 84.0 4.87 87.8 5.04 103.1 5.70 106.9...
  • Page 85 5. Heating capacity table (Outdoor unit) • TC: Total capacity (kBtu/h) • IP: Input power of compressor and outdoor fan motor (kW) • The data is based on the following conditions: – Pipe length: 25 ft (7.5 m) – Height difference: 0 ft (0 m) 5-1.
  • Page 86 Heating capacity at rated condition: 81 kBtu/h (6 ton) Indoor temperature Outdoor Total rated temperature capacity of 61°FDB 64°FDB 68°FDB 70°FDB 72°FDB 75°FDB 79°FDB indoor unit °FDB °FWB -2.7 -4.0 67.7 5.73 67.5 5.97 67.1 6.30 66.9 6.46 66.8 6.62 66.5 6.86 66.1...
  • Page 87 Heating capacity at rated condition: 81 kBtu/h (6 ton) Indoor temperature Outdoor Total rated temperature capacity of 61°FDB 64°FDB 68°FDB 70°FDB 72°FDB 75°FDB 79°FDB indoor unit °FDB °FWB -2.7 -4.0 57.6 6.58 54.6 6.24 50.6 5.80 48.6 5.58 46.6 5.36 43.6 5.04 39.6...
  • Page 88 ¢ Model: AOU96RLAVL Heating capacity at rated condition: 108 kBtu/h (8 ton) Indoor temperature Outdoor Total rated temperature capacity of 61°FDB 64°FDB 68°FDB 70°FDB 72°FDB 75°FDB 79°FDB indoor unit °FDB °FWB -2.7 -4.0 75.3 5.42 75.1 5.72 74.9 6.11 74.7 6.30 74.6 6.50...
  • Page 89 Heating capacity at rated condition: 108 kBtu/h (8 ton) Indoor temperature Outdoor Total rated temperature capacity of 61°FDB 64°FDB 68°FDB 70°FDB 72°FDB 75°FDB 79°FDB indoor unit °FDB °FWB -2.7 -4.0 74.6 6.51 74.4 6.80 74.1 7.19 73.9 7.38 73.8 7.57 73.6 7.86 73.2...
  • Page 90 Heating capacity at rated condition: 108 kBtu/h (8 ton) Indoor temperature Outdoor Total rated temperature capacity of 61°FDB 64°FDB 68°FDB 70°FDB 72°FDB 75°FDB 79°FDB indoor unit °FDB °FWB -2.7 -4.0 64.0 7.87 60.7 7.47 56.2 6.95 54.0 6.69 51.8 6.43 48.4 6.04 44.0...
  • Page 91 ¢ Model: AOU120RLAVL Heating capacity at rated condition: 135 kBtu/h (10 ton) Indoor temperature Outdoor Total rated temperature capacity of 61°FDB 64°FDB 68°FDB 70°FDB 72°FDB 75°FDB 79°FDB indoor unit °FDB °FWB -2.7 -4.0 88.5 6.71 88.1 7.02 87.7 7.44 87.5 7.65 87.3 7.86...
  • Page 92 Heating capacity at rated condition: 135 kBtu/h (10 ton) Indoor temperature Outdoor Total rated temperature capacity of 61°FDB 64°FDB 68°FDB 70°FDB 72°FDB 75°FDB 79°FDB indoor unit °FDB °FWB -2.7 -4.0 87.3 7.81 87.0 8.12 86.5 8.53 86.3 8.74 86.0 8.94 85.6 9.25 85.1...
  • Page 93 Heating capacity at rated condition: 135 kBtu/h (10 ton) Indoor temperature Outdoor Total rated temperature capacity of 61°FDB 64°FDB 68°FDB 70°FDB 72°FDB 75°FDB 79°FDB indoor unit °FDB °FWB -2.7 -4.0 80.1 10.19 75.9 9.72 70.3 9.09 67.5 8.78 64.7 8.47 60.5 8.01 54.9...
  • Page 94 - (02-72) - 5-1. Stand-alone 5. Heating capacity table (Outdoor unit)
  • Page 95 3. OUTDOOR UNITS 2019.03.07 DV_CH03_J3LU061EF_01...
  • Page 96 CONTENTS 3. OUTDOOR UNITS 1. Model lineup ....................03-1 1-1. Stand-alone ........................03-1 2. Specifications....................03-2 2-1. Stand-alone ........................03-2 3. Dimensions....................03-4 3-1. Stand-alone ........................03-4 4. Installation space ..................03-7 4-1. Space requirement ......................03-8 4-2. Duct installation ......................03-11 5. Refrigerant circuit ..................03-13 5-1. Models: AOU72RLAVL and AOU96RLAVL..............03-13 5-2.
  • Page 97 1. Model lineup 1-1. Stand-alone Lineup from 6 ton to 10 ton in 2 ton increments. Cooling capacity (Btu/h) Model name 72,000 AOU72RLAVL 96,000 AOU96RLAVL 120,000 AOU120RLAVL - (03-1) - 1-1. Stand-alone 1. Model lineup...
  • Page 98 2. Specifications 2-1. Stand-alone Nominal system capacity Model name AOU72RLAVL AOU96RLAVL AOU120RLAVL Power supply 3N 208/230 V ~ 60 Hz Available voltage range 187—253 V Combination of indoor units Non-Duct Duct Non-Duct Duct Non-Duct Duct Btu/h 72,000 96,000 120,000 Nominal 21.1 28.1 35.2...
  • Page 99 Nominal system capacity Model name AOU72RLAVL AOU96RLAVL AOU120RLAVL NOTES: • Specifications are based on the following conditions: – Cooling: Indoor temperature of 80 °FDB/67 °FWB (26.7 °CDB/19.4 °CWB), and outdoor temperature of 95 °FDB/75 °FWB (35.0 °CDB/23.9 °CWB). – Heating: Indoor temperature of 70 °FDB/60 °FWB (21.1 °CDB/15.6 °CWB), and outdoor temperature of 47 °FDB/43 °FWB (8.3 °CDB/6.1 °CWB). –...
  • Page 100 3. Dimensions 3-1. Stand-alone ¢ Models: AOU72RLAVL, AOU96RLAVL, and AOU120RLAVL Unit: in (mm) 7-11/16 27-1/16 7-11/16 (196) (688) (196) 1-9/16 (39) Top view 1-9/16 18-7/8 42-1/2 (1,080) (40) (480) (12) Terminal blocks (Power) Terminal blocks (Transmission) Front view Side view Rear view 18-7/8 (479) Bottom view...
  • Page 101 Unit: in (mm) 3-Way valve (Liquid) 3-Way valve (Gas) Cable port: Ø1-3/8 (34.5) Cable port: Ø1-3/8 (34.5) Cable port: Pipe port Ø7/8 (22.2) Gas: 1-11/16 (43.1) Cable port: Ø7/8 (22.2) Pipe port 3-11/16 13/16 Liquid: 3-1/4 (82.5) (94) (20.7) 13/16 (20.8) 3-10/16 Detail A (92)
  • Page 102 ¢ Center of gravity position  Models: AOU72RLAVL, AOU96RLAVL, and AOU120RLAVL Unit: in (mm) (280) 15-5/8 (397) ● : Center of gravity - (03-6) - 3-1. Stand-alone 3. Dimensions...
  • Page 103 4. Installation space CAUTION • The installation space shown in the following examples is based on an ambient temperature un- der cooling operation of 95°FDB (35°CDB) at the air intake of the outdoor unit. Provide more space around the air intake than shown in the examples if the ambient tempera- ture exceeds 95°FDB (35°CDB) or if the thermal load of all of the outdoor units exceeds the ca- pacity.
  • Page 104 4-1. Space requirement Provide sufficient installation space for product safety.  Single outdoor unit installation • When the upper space is open: Unit: in (mm) When there are obstacles at the rear only. When there are obstacles at the rear and sides.
  • Page 105  Multiple outdoor unit installation NOTES: • Provide at least 8 in (200 mm) of space between the outdoor units if multiple units are in- stalled. • When routing the piping from the side of an outdoor unit, provide space for the piping. •...
  • Page 106  Outdoor unit installation in multi-row NOTE: Following settings are not recommended in case of cooling by a low outside tempera- ture. Unit: in (mm) Single parallel unit arrangement Multiple parallel unit arrangement 4 (100) 20 (500) or more or more 79 (2,000) 119 (3,000) or more...
  • Page 107 4-2. Duct installation When there is obstacles at rear, and the side walls protruding front ward, install a duct as shown in figure below. Installation of the unit without duct may lead capacity degradation caused by short circuit, operation stop by high pressure protection, or other malfunction. a: Protruding distance of side walls b: Length of the duct a ≤...
  • Page 108 ¢ Duct installation example  Models: AOU72RLAVL, AOU96RLAVL, and AOU120RLAVL Detail A Service panel Front panel Do not cover the Service panel Service panel Detail A - (03-12) - 4-2. Duct installation 4. Installation space...
  • Page 109 5. Refrigerant circuit 5-1. Models: AOU72RLAVL and AOU96RLAVL Outdoor unit FAN1 FAN2 EEV2 SCHEX EEV1 HPSW TH10 Indoor unit1 FAN21 TH21 EEV21 Liquid line TH23 HEX21 TH22 Gas line Indoor unit2 FAN21 TH21 EEV21 TH23 HEX21 TH22 : Check valve : Capillary : Strainer : 3-way valve...
  • Page 110 5-2. Model: AOU120RLAVL Outdoor unit FAN1 FAN2 EEV2 SCHEX EEV1 HPSW TH10 Indoor unit1 FAN21 TH21 EEV21 Liquid line TH23 HEX21 TH22 Gas line Indoor unit2 FAN21 TH21 EEV21 TH23 HEX21 TH22 : Check valve : Capillary : Strainer : 3-way valve : Service port : Pressure regulation valve : Fuse plug...
  • Page 111 5-3. Symbol description • Outdoor unit Symbol Description Marking color Compressor (Inverter type) — Heat exchanger — FAN1 Fan 1 — FAN2 Fan 2 — Accumulator — Oil separator — SCHEX Sub-cool heat exchanger — High pressure sensor — Low pressure sensor —...
  • Page 112 6. Wiring diagrams 6-1. Models: AOU72RLAVL and AOU96RLAVL - (03-16) - 6-1. Models: AOU72RLAVL and AOU96RLAVL 6. Wiring diagrams...
  • Page 113 6-2. Model: AOU120RLAVL - (03-17) - 6-2. Model: AOU120RLAVL 6. Wiring diagrams...
  • Page 114 7. Operation range 7-1. Outdoor unit Operation mode AOU72RLAVL AOU96RLAVL AOU120RLAVL 5 to 115 °FDB * 23 to 115 °FDB * Cooling/Dry (-15 to 46 °CDB) (-5 to 46 °CDB) -4 to 70 °FDB Heating (-20 to 21 °CDB) *1: When installation position of the outdoor unit is lower than the indoor unit, the operation tempera- ture range is 23 to 115 °FDB (-5 to 46 °CDB).
  • Page 115 8. Operation noise (sound pressure) 8-1. Noise level curve ¢ Model: AOU72RLAVL  Cooling  Heating NC-65 NC-65 Rated Rated NC-60 NC-60 Low noise mode NC-55 Low noise mode NC-55 level 1 level 1 NC-50 NC-50 NC-45 NC-45 NC-40 NC-40 Low noise mode NC-35 level 2...
  • Page 116 ¢ Model: AOU120RLAVL  Cooling  Heating Rated Rated Low noise mode NC-65 NC-65 level 1 Low noise mode NC-60 NC-60 level 1 NC-55 NC-55 NC-50 NC-50 NC-45 NC-45 NC-40 NC-40 Low noise mode Low noise mode level 2 level 2 NC-35 NC-35 NC-30...
  • Page 117 9. Electrical characteristics Select the breaker based on MCA and MAX.CKT.BKR of the following tables. Select the wire diameter based on the larger value of MCA or TOCA of the following tables. Select a wire diameter which withstands the breaker capacity. Select the correct cable type and size according to the country or region’s regulations.
  • Page 118 10. Safety devices Model Type of Protection form protection AOU72RLAVL AOU96RLAVL AOU120RLAVL Fuse (Main) AC 250 V, 10 A Protector (Inv) AC 250 V, 80 A Circuit protection Protector (Fan motor) DC 750 V, 10 A Fuse (Varistor) AC 250 V, 3.15 A Activate —...
  • Page 119 11. Accessories The following installation parts are supplied. Use them as required. Do not discard any accessories until the installation work has been completed. 11-1. Stand-alone The following installation parts are supplied. Use them as required. Do not discard any accessories until the installation work has been completed.
  • Page 120 - (03-24) - 11-1. Stand-alone 11. Accessories...
  • Page 121 4. INDOOR UNITS 2019.11.01 DV_CH04_J3LU061EF_02...
  • Page 122 CONTENTS 4. INDOOR UNITS 1. Model lineup ....................04-1 1-1. Indoor units........................04-1 2. Specifications....................04-4 2-1. Compact cassette type ....................04-4 2-2. Circular flow cassette type....................04-6 2-3. Cassette type........................04-8 2-4. Mini duct type .......................04-10 2-5. Slim duct/Slim concealed floor type ................04-11 2-6. Medium static pressure duct type .................04-13 2-7.

  • Page 123: Table Of Contents

    CONTENTS (continued) 6-2. Circular flow cassette type....................04-97 6-3. Cassette type......................04-102 6-4. Mini duct type ......................04-106 6-5. Slim duct/Slim concealed floor type ................04-108 6-6. Compact floor type .....................04-118 6-7. Floor/Ceiling type......................04-122 6-8. Ceiling type.........................04-128 6-9. Wall mounted type......................04-130 7. Fan performance curve................04-141 7-1.
  • Page 124 CONTENTS (continued) 10-5.Slim duct/Slim concealed floor type ................04-196 10-6.Medium static pressure duct type ................04-196 10-7.High static pressure duct type ...................04-196 10-8.Compact floor type ....................04-196 10-9.Floor/Ceiling type.......................04-197 10-10.Ceiling type......................04-197 10-11.Wall mounted type....................04-197 11. Accessories .....................04-198 11-1.Compact cassette type ....................04-198 11-2.Circular flow cassette type..................04-199 11-3.Cassette type......................04-200 11-4.Mini duct type ......................04-201 11-5.Slim duct/Slim concealed floor type ................04-202...
  • Page 125 1. Model lineup 1-1. Indoor units Type Capacity Btu/h 4,000 7,500 9,500 12,000 14,000 18,000 24,000 30,000 34,000 36,000 48,000 60,000 72,000 96,000 Model code Compact cas- ● ● ● ● ● ● ● sette ● ● ● Circular flow cassette ●...
  • Page 126 Rated capacity Dimensions (Btu/h) Type Model name Remarks Cooling Heating H × W × D 4,000 4,400 AUUA4TLAV2 Cassette grille: 7,500 9,500 AUUA7TLAV2 UTG-CCGVG 9,500 10,900 AUUA9TLAV2 Compact 9-5/8 × 22-7/16 × 22-7/16 12,000 13,500 AUUA12TLAV2 (Grid type) cassette (245 × 570 × 570) 14,000 15,600 AUUA14TLAV2...
  • Page 127 Rated capacity Dimensions (Btu/h) Type Model name Remarks Cooling Heating H × W × D 4,000 4,400 ASUA4TLAV1 10-5/16 × 32-5/16 × 8-1/8 7,500 9,500 ASUA7TLAV1 (262 × 820 × 206) 9,500 10,900 ASUA9TLAV1 12,000 13,500 ASUA12TLAV1 10-9/16 × 33-1/16 × 8 (268 ×...
  • Page 128 2. Specifications 2-1. Compact cassette type Model name AUUA4TLAV2 AUUA7TLAV2 AUUA9TLAV2 Power supply 1 phase ~ 208/230 V 60 Hz Available voltage range 187—253 V Btu/h 4,000 7,500 9,500 Cooling Capacity Btu/h 4,400 9,500 10,900 Heating Input power HIGH 312 (530) 318 (540) 324 (550) MED—HIGH...
  • Page 129 Model name AUUA12TLAV2 AUUA14TLAV2 AUUA18TLAV2 AUUA24TLAV2 Power supply 1 phase ~ 208/230 V 60 Hz Available voltage range 187—253 V Btu/h 12,000 14,000 18,000 24,000 Cooling Capacity Btu/h 13,500 15,600 20,000 27,000 Heating Input power HIGH 353 (600) 401 (680) 418 (710) 607 (1,030) MED—HIGH...

  • Page 130: Circular Flow Cassette Type

    2-2. Circular flow cassette type Model name AUUB18TLAV2 AUUB24TLAV2 AUUB30TLAV2 Power supply 1 phase ~ 208/230 V 60 Hz Available voltage range 187—253 V Btu/h 18,000 24,000 30,000 Cooling Capacity Btu/h 20,000 27,000 34,000 Heating 10.0 Input power HIGH 618 (1,050) 660 (1,120) 866 (1,470) MED—HIGH...
  • Page 131 Model name AUUB36TLAV2 AUUB48TLAV2 Power supply 1 phase ~ 208/230 V 60 Hz Available voltage range 187—253 V Btu/h 36,000 48,000 Cooling 10.6 14.1 Capacity Btu/h 40,000 54,000 Heating 11.7 15.8 Input power HIGH 954 (1,620) 1,202 (2,040) MED—HIGH 884 (1,500) 1,060 (1,800) 825 (1,400) 937 (1,590)

  • Page 132: Cassette Type

    2-3. Cassette type Model name AUUB18TLAV AUUB24TLAV Power supply 1 phase ~ 208/230 V 60 Hz Available voltage range 187—253 V Btu/h 18,000 24,000 Cooling Capacity Btu/h 20,000 27,000 Heating Input power HIGH 677 (1,150) 753 (1,280) Airflow rate 553 (940) 612 (1,040) CFM (m 512 (870)
  • Page 133 Model name AUUB30TLAV AUUB36TLAV Power supply 1 phase ~ 208/230 V 60 Hz Available voltage range 187—253 V Btu/h 30,000 36,000 Cooling 10.6 Capacity Btu/h 34,000 40,000 Heating 10.0 11.7 Input power HIGH 942 (1,600) 1,059 (1,800) Airflow rate CFM (m 765 (1,300) 765 (1,300) 647 (1,100)

  • Page 134: Mini Duct Type

    2-4. Mini duct type Model name ARUL4TLAV1 Power supply 1 phase ~ 208/230 V 60 Hz Available voltage range 187—253 V Btu/h 4,000 Cooling Capacity Btu/h 4,400 Heating Input power Static pressure range inWG (Pa) 0 to 0.12 (0 to 30) Standard static pressure inWG (Pa) 0.04 (10)

  • Page 135: Slim Duct/Slim Concealed Floor Type

    2-5. Slim duct/Slim concealed floor type Model name ARUL7TLAV2 ARUL9TLAV2 ARUL12TLAV2 ARUL14TLAV2 Power supply 1 phase ~ 208/230 V 60 Hz Available voltage range 187—253 V Btu/h 7,500 9,500 12,000 14,000 Cooling Capacity Btu/h 9,500 10,900 13,500 15,600 Heating Input power Static pressure range inWG (Pa) 0 to 0.36 (0 to 90)
  • Page 136 Model name ARUL18TLAV2 Power supply 1 phase ~ 208/230 V 60 Hz Available voltage range 187—253 V Btu/h 18,000 Cooling Capacity Btu/h 20,000 Heating Input power Static pressure range inWG (Pa) 0 to 0.36 (0 to 90) Standard static pressure inWG (Pa) 0.10 (25) HIGH...
  • Page 137 2-6. Medium static pressure duct type Model name ARUM24TLAV2 ARUM30TLAV2 ARUM36TLAV2 Power supply 1 phase ~ 208/230 V 60 Hz Available voltage range 187—253 V Btu/h 24,000 30,000 36,000 Cooling 10.6 Capacity Btu/h 27,000 34,000 40,000 Heating 10.0 11.7 Input power Static pressure range inWG (Pa) 0 to 0.60 (0 to 150)
  • Page 138 2-7. High static pressure duct type Model name ARUH36TLAV ARUH48TLAV ARUH60TLAV Power supply 1 phase ~ 208/230 V 60 Hz Available voltage range 187—253 V Btu/h 36,000 48,000 60,000 Cooling 10.6 14.1 17.6 Capacity Btu/h 40,000 54,000 67,000 Heating 11.7 15.8 19.6 Input power...
  • Page 139 Model name ARUH72TLAV2 ARUH96TLAV2 Power supply 1 phase ~ 208/230 V 60 Hz Available voltage range 187—253 V Btu/h 72,000 96,000 Cooling 21.1 28.1 Capacity Btu/h 81,000 108,000 Heating 23.7 31.7 Input power Static pressure range inWG (Pa) 0 to 1.2 (0 to 300) Standard static pressure inWG (Pa) 0.60 (150)

  • Page 140: Compact Floor Type

    2-8. Compact floor type Model name AGUA4TLAV1 AGUA7TLAV1 AGUA9TLAV1 Power supply 1 phase ~ 208/230 V 60 Hz Available voltage range 187—253 V Btu/h 4,000 7,500 9,500 Cooling Capacity Btu/h 4,400 9,500 10,900 Heating Input power 12/14* HIGH 277 (470) 294 (500) 224/253* (380/430*...
  • Page 141 Model name AGUA12TLAV1 AGUA14TLAV1 Power supply 1 phase ~ 208/230 V 60 Hz Available voltage range 187—253 V Btu/h 12,000 14,000 Cooling Capacity Btu/h 13,500 15,600 Heating Input power HIGH 347 (590) 394 (670) MED—HIGH 306 (520) 347 (590) 277 (470) 306 (520) Airflow rate CFM (m...

  • Page 142: Floor/Ceiling Type

    2-9. Floor/Ceiling type Model name ABUA12TLAV2 ABUA14TLAV2 ABUA18TLAV2 ABUA24TLAV2 Power supply 1 phase ~ 208/230 V 60 Hz Available voltage range 187—253 V Btu/h 12,000 14,000 18,000 24,000 Cooling Capacity Btu/h 13,500 15,600 20,000 27,000 Heating Input power HIGH 389 (660) 459 (780) 589 (1,000) 589 (1,000)

  • Page 143: Ceiling Type

    2-10. Ceiling type Model name ABUA30TLAV2 ABUA36TLAV2 Power supply 1 phase ~ 208/230 V 60 Hz Available voltage range 187—253 V Btu/h 30,000 36,000 Cooling 10.6 Capacity Btu/h 34,000 40,000 Heating 10.0 11.7 Input power HIGH 960 (1,630) 995 (1,690) MED—HIGH 895 (1,520) 919 (1,560)

  • Page 144: Wall Mounted Type

    2-11. Wall mounted type Model name ASUA4TLAV1 ASUA7TLAV1 ASUA9TLAV1 Power supply 1 phase ~ 208/230 V 60 Hz Available voltage range 187—253 V Btu/h 4,000 7,500 9,500 Cooling Capacity Btu/h 4,400 9,500 10,900 Heating Input power HIGH 253 (430) 324 (550) 424 (720) MED—HIGH 247 (420)
  • Page 145 Model name ASUA12TLAV1 ASUA14TLAV1 Power supply 1 phase ~ 208/230 V 60 Hz Available voltage range 187—253 V Btu/h 12,000 14,000 Cooling Capacity Btu/h 13,500 15,600 Heating Input power HIGH 406 (690) 471 (800) MED—HIGH 359 (610) 436 (740) 330 (560) 400 (680) Airflow rate CFM (m...
  • Page 146 Model name ASUB18TLAV1 ASUB24TLAV1 Power supply 1 phase ~ 208/230 V 60 Hz Available voltage range 187—253 V Btu/h 18,000 24,000 Cooling Capacity Btu/h 20,000 27,000 Heating Input power HIGH 494 (840) 647 (1,100) Airflow rate CFM (m 453 (770) 536 (910) 406 (690) 430 (730)
  • Page 147 Model name ASUA30TLAV2 ASUA36TLAV2 Power supply 1 phase ~ 208/230 V 60 Hz Available voltage range 187—253 V Btu/h 30,000 34,000 Cooling 10.0 Capacity Btu/h 34,000 38,000 Heating 10.0 11.2 Input power HIGH 848 (1,440) 954/895* (1,620/1520* MED—HIGH 707 (1,200) 766 (1,300) 618 (1,050) 660 (1,120)
  • Page 148 Model name ASUA7TLAV ASUA12TLAV Power supply 1 phase ~ 208/230 V 60 Hz Available voltage range 187—253 V Btu/h 7,500 12,000 Cooling Capacity Btu/h 9,500 13,500 Heating Input power HIGH 288 (490) 330 (560) 265 (450) 283 (480) Airflow rate CFM (m 247/218* 247 (420)
  • Page 149 Model name ASUB18TLAV ASUB24TLAV Power supply 1 phase ~ 208/230 V 60 Hz Available voltage range 187—253 V Btu/h 18,000 24,000 Cooling Capacity Btu/h 20,000 27,000 Heating Input power HIGH 494 (840) 647 (1,100) Airflow rate CFM (m 453 (770) 536 (910) 406 (690) 430 (730)
  • Page 150 3. Electrical characteristics Indoor unit Power supply: 60 Hz, 230 V Indoor rated MAX. CKT. Input Current power Type Model name AUUA4TLAV2 0.29 0.17 0.23 AUUA7TLAV2 0.51 0.17 0.41 AUUA9TLAV2 0.51 0.17 0.41 Compact cassette AUUA12TLAV2 0.51 0.20 0.41 AUUA14TLAV2 0.51 0.24 0.41...
  • Page 151 Indoor unit Power supply: 60 Hz, 230 V Indoor rated MAX. CKT. Input Current power Type Model name ASUA4TLAV1 0.22 0.13 0.17 ASUA7TLAV1 0.32 0.19 0.25 ASUA9TLAV1 0.52 0.31 0.41 ASUA12TLAV1 0.42 0.25 0.33 ASUA14TLAV1 0.49 0.30 0.39 ASUB18TLAV1 0.53 0.33 0.42 Wall mounted...
  • Page 152 4. Dimensions 4-1. Compact cassette type ¢ Models: AUUA4TLAV2, AUUA7TLAV2, AUUA9TLAV2, AUUA12TLAV2, AUUA14TLAV2, AUUA18TLAV2, and AUUA24TLAV2 Unit: in (mm) Grid type grille 24-7/16 (620) IR receiver Standard type grille 20-7/8 (530) 27-9/16 (700) Hanging bolt position IR reciever Drain hose View A 5-13/16 (146) 7-3/16...
  • Page 153 ¢ Installation space Unit: in (mm) Strong and durable ceiling 11 (262) or more 40 (1,000) 40 (1,000) or more 71 (1,800) to or more Obstruction Floor Be sure to make function setting with the remote controller according to the installed ceiling height. H: The maximum height from floor to ceiling Model name Ceiling height...
  • Page 154 4-2. Circular flow cassette type ¢ Models: AUUB18TLAV2, AUUB24TLAV2, and AUUB30TLAV2 Unit: in (mm) 31-5/16 (796) Hanging bolt position 37-3/8 (950) 13-7/16 (342) Drain hose View A 13-7/16 (342) 11-9/16 1-3/4 (293) (45) 1-9/16 (40) 5-8/16 Ceiling Wire hole (140) 3-15/16 (100) 3-15/16 (100) 9-5/16...
  • Page 155 ¢ Models: AUUB36TLAV2 and AUUB48TLAV2 Unit: in (mm) 31-5/16 (796) Hanging bolt position 37-3/8 (950) 13-7/16 (342) Drain hose View A 13-7/16 (342) 11-9/16 1-3/4 1-9/16 (40) (293) (45) 5-8/16 (140) Ceiling Wire hole 9-5/16 3-15/16 (100) 3-15/16 (100) (237) 3-1/4 (83) 3-1/4 (83) Fresh air inlet (cut out)
  • Page 156 ¢ Installation space requirement Unit: in (mm) Strong and durable ceiling 60 (1,500) or more 119 (3,000) or more 71 (1,800) to H2 40 (1,000) or more Obstruction Floor Model name H1: Attic height AUUB18-30TLAV2 11 (256) or more AUUB36-48TLAV2 12 (298) or more Be sure to make function setting with the remote controller according to the installed ceiling height.
  • Page 157 4-3. Cassette type ¢ Models: AUUB18TLAV and AUUB24TLAV Unit: in (mm) IR receiver 37-3/8 (950) 31-5/16 (796) (Option) Hanging bolt position Drain hose View A 14-1/8 (358) Control box 10-15/16 14-1/8 (278) 2-3/8 (60) (358) 1-9/16 (40) Ceiling Wire hole 3-15/16 3-15/16 (100)
  • Page 158 ¢ Models: AUUB30TLAV and AUUB36TLAV Unit: in (mm) IR receiver 31-5/16 (796) 37-3/8 (950) (Option) Hanging bolt position Drain hose View A 14-1/8 (358) Control box 14-1/8 10-15/16 (358) (278) 2-3/8 (60) 1-9/16 (40) Ceiling Wire hole 3-15/16 3-15/16 (100) (100) 9-13/16 (250) 3-1/4 (83)
  • Page 159 ¢ Installation space requirement Unit: in (mm) Strong and durable ceiling 60 (1,500) 119 (3,000) or more or more 71 (1,800) to H2 Obstruction Floor Model name H1: Attic height AUUB18-24TLAV 11 (256) or more AUUB30-36TLAV 12 (298) or more Be sure to make function setting with the remote controller according to the installed ceiling height.
  • Page 160 4-4. Mini duct type ¢ Model: ARUL4TLAV1 Unit: in (mm) 22-5/8 (575) 2-1/16 (52) Rear view View A Drain port P 3-15/16 × 6 = 23-5/8 (P 100 × 6 = 600) 1-15/16 (49) 25-9/16 (650) 2-3/16 (56) 3-1/16 (78) 29-5/8 (752) 1-15/16 (49) 2-5/8 (66)
  • Page 161 ¢ Installation space requirement Provide sufficient installation space for product safety. Unit: in (mm) Strong and durable ceiling Indoor unit Left Right side side 5-7/8 (150) 15-3/4 (400) or more* or more *: 15-3/4 (400) or more when drain from drain pipe •...
  • Page 162 4-5. Slim duct/Slim concealed floor type ¢ Models: ARUL7TLAV2, ARUL9TLAV2, ARUL12TLAV2, and ARUL14TLAV2 Unit: in (mm) 2 (51) 22-5/8 (574) View A Rear view Drain port 3-15/16 (100) x 6 = 23-5/8 (600) 1-7/8 (47) 25-9/16 (650) 2-3/16 (55) 3-1/16 (78) 28-7/8 (734) 3-1/2 (89) 1-7/8 (48)
  • Page 163 ¢ Model: ARUL18TLAV2 Unit: in (mm) 2 (51) 30-1/2 (774) Rear view View A Drain port 1-7/8 (47) 3-15/16 (100) × 8 = 31-1/2 (800) 2-3/16 (55) 33-7/16 (850) 3-1/16 (78) 36-3/4 (934) 3-7/16 3-1/2 (89) (87) 4-11/16 (119) Top view 2-3/16 6-9/16 (56)
  • Page 164 ¢ Installation space requirement Unit: in (mm) In ceiling-concealed installations: 12 (300) or more 1 (20) or more Strong and durable ceiling Indoor unit Left Right side side 1 (20) or more 6 (150) 16 (400) Service access Ceiling or more or more Floor In wall-concealed installations:...
  • Page 165 ¢ Maintenance space requirement For future maintenance and service access, provide sufficient maintenance space. NOTE: Do not place any wiring or illumination in the maintenance space, as they will impede ser- vice. Unit: in (mm) Service space 16 (400) or more Indoor unit Service access Top view...
  • Page 166 4-6. Medium static pressure duct type ¢ Models: ARUM24TLAV2, ARUM30TLAV2, and ARUM36TLAV2 Unit: in (mm) 5-7/16 10-3/8 10-3/8 10-3/8 (138) (264) (264) (264) 3-1/8 3-1/8 (80) (80) 3-1/4 (82) Hole: Ø8-1/16 (205) 2-15/16 (75) Hole: 4-Ø1/8 (3.2) P.C.D. Ø8-7/8 (225) Front view 4-1/2 (114) Bolt pitch: 46-5/16 (1,177)
  • Page 167 ¢ Installation space requirement Unit: in (mm) Strong and durable ceiling NOTES: • When Drain pump unit is used, leave the space requirement for service and maintenance. For details of Drain pump unit, refer to "Drain pump unit for duct type" in Chapter 10.
  • Page 168 4-7. High static pressure duct type ¢ Models: ARUH36TLAV, ARUH48TLAV, and ARUH60TLAV Unit: in (mm) Rear view 15-3/4 (400) 42-1/2 (1,080) 14-5/8 (371) 12-3/4 (324) 9/16 (14) 39-3/8 (1,000) 14 (356) 8-3/16 Inlet dimension Inlet dimension: 33-15/16 (862) 6-1/8 (155) (208) 4-1/4 (108)
  • Page 169 ¢ Installation space requirement Unit: in (mm) Strong and durable ceiling ¢ Maintenance space requirement For future maintenance and service access, provide sufficient maintenance space. NOTE: Do not place any wiring or illumination in the maintenance space, as they will impede ser- vice.
  • Page 170 ¢ Model: ARUH72TLAV2 Unit: in (mm) 2-3/8 (60) 1-15/16 (49) Main drain port Safety drain port 3-3/16 (81) Rear view 5/16 (8) 17-11/16 (450) 62-1/2 (1,587) 14-9/16 (370) 9/16 (15) Bolt pitch: 55-1/2 (1,410) Inlet Inlet dimension: 49-3/16 (1,250) 5-7/8 (149) dimension: 2-9/16 (65) P5-7/8 (150)
  • Page 171 ¢ Model: ARUH96TLAV2 Unit: in (mm) 2-3/8 (60) 1-15/16 (49) Main drain port Safety drain port 3-3/16 (81) Rear view 5/16 (8) 17-11/16 (450) 62-1/2 (1,587) 14-9/16 (370) 9/16 (15) Bolt pitch: 55-1/2 (1,410) Inlet Inlet dimension: 49-3/16 (1,250) 5-7/8 (149) dimension: 2-9/16 (65) P5-7/8 (150)
  • Page 172 ¢ Installation space requirement Unit: in (mm) • When service access will be carried out above the indoor unit, a recommended installation space of 18 in (450 mm) is required. Strong and durable ceiling 18 (450) or more Service space 18 (450) or more Maintenance hole...
  • Page 173 4-8. Compact floor type ¢ Models: AGUA4TLAV1, AGUA7TLAV1, AGUA9TLAV1, AGUA12TLAV1, and AGUA14TLAV1 Unit: in (mm) 29-1/8 (740) 7-7/8 (200) 3-7/8 (98) 15/16 (24) 21-5/8 (550) 5-1/16 (129) 29-1/8 (740) 9-9/16 (243) 9-9/16 (243) 2-5/16 2-5/16 (59) (59) - (04-49) - 4-8.
  • Page 174 ¢ Installation space requirement Unit: in (mm) 4 (100) or more 4 (80) or more 4 (80) or more 2 (50) or more Wall cap 6 (150) or below from the floor 4 (100) or more 4 (80) or more 4 (80) or more Indoor unit Upper air outlet...
  • Page 175 4-9. Floor/Ceiling type ¢ Models: ABUA12TLAV2, ABUA14TLAV2, ABUA18TLAV2, and ABUA24TLAV2 Unit: in (mm) 35-7/16 (900) 19-11/16 (500) Hole for lifting bolt Use M10 screw bolt. Hole: Ø1-3/4 (45) 3-15/16 (100) 3-15/16 4-7/8 (100) 1-1/8 (28) 1-7/8 (47) (124) 7-13/16 (199) Side view Rear view 3-15/16...
  • Page 176 ¢ Installation space requirement Unit: in (mm) Left Right 12 (300) or more 12 (300) or more Ceiling Ceiling Left Right Indoor unit 6 (150) or more 12 (300) or more 91 (2,300) or more 1 (20) or more Floor 39 (990) 9-5/8 19-11/16 (500)
  • Page 177 4-10. Ceiling type ¢ Models: ABUA30TLAV2 and ABUA36TLAV2 Unit: in (mm) Hole for lifting bolt 65-3/8 (1,660) Use M10 screw bolt. 63 (1,600) 6-1/2 4-1/2 Knock out hole (refrigerant pipe) (165) (115) 3-7/16 (88) Knock out hole (fresh air): Ø7-7/8 (200) 3-1/4 (82) 5-5/16 (135) 3-15/16 (100)
  • Page 178 ¢ Installation space requirement Unit: in (mm) Ceiling panel Ceiling Indoor unit Indoor unit Ceiling panel Ceiling 4 (80) or more 6 (150) or more 4 (80) or more 6 (150) or more 1 (10) or more 1 (10) or more 99 (2,500) or more 99 (2,500) or more Floor...
  • Page 179 4-11. Wall mounted type ¢ Models: ASUA4TLAV1, ASUA7TLAV1, and ASUA9TLAV1 Unit: in (mm) 32-5/16 (820) 8-1/8 (206) 16-15/16 (431) 1/8 (3) 19-3/16 (487) 15/16 (24) 26-9/16 (675) 32-5/16 (820) 1-7/8 (48) 14 (355) 13-9/16 (345) 2-13/16 (72) Outline of unit 3-9/16 (91) 12-5/16 (312) 12-5/8 (321)
  • Page 180 ¢ Installation space requirement Unit: in (mm) Outline of unit 3 (70) or more 8 (200) or more 60 (1,500) or more - (04-56) - 4-11. Wall mounted type 4. Dimensions...
  • Page 181 ¢ Models: ASUA12TLAV1 and ASUA14TLAV1 Unit: in (mm) 33-1/16 (840) 8 (203) 33-1/16 (840) 16-1/8 (410) 16-15/16 (430) 12-3/16 (310) 11-5/8 (295) for pipe inlet for pipe inlet Ø2-9/16 (65) Ø2-9/16 (65) 6-1/2 (165) 5-11/16 (144) Gas pipe: 12-3/8 (315) 7 (178) 9-3/16 (233) Liquid pipe: 15 (381)
  • Page 182 ¢ Installation space requirement Unit: in (mm) Outline of unit 1 (25) or more 5 (122) or more 3 (70) or more 8 (200) or more 60 (1,500) or more - (04-58) - 4-11. Wall mounted type 4. Dimensions...
  • Page 183 ¢ Models: ASUB18TLAV1 and ASUB24TLAV1 Unit: in (mm) 39-5/16 (998) 9 (238) 20-1/2 (520) 23-1/4 (590) 1 (25) 28-3/8 (721) 39-5/16 (998) 1-1/8 (28) 18-9/16 (471) 17 (432) 2-5/8 (67) Outline of unit 2-3/8 (61) 17-1/4 (438) 15-5/8 (397) 4 (102) Ø3-1/8 (80) hole Ø3-1/8 (80) hole Piping inlet...
  • Page 184 ¢ Installation space requirement Unit: in (mm) Outline of unit 1 (22) or more 6 (133) or more 2 (50) or more 8 (200) or more 60 (1,500) or more - (04-60) - 4-11. Wall mounted type 4. Dimensions...
  • Page 185 ¢ Models: ASUA30TLAV2 and ASUA36TLAV2 Unit: in (mm) 45-1/4 (1,150) 11 (280) 1/8 (3) 24-7/16 (621) 7/8 (22) 26-9/16 (674) 28-9/16 (725) 45-1/4 (1,150) 13/16 (21) 20-1/2 (520) 20-1/2 (520) 3-9/16 (90) Outline of unit 2-3/8 (61) 18-7/8 (479) 19-3/4 (502) 4-1/4 (108) - (04-61) - 4-11.
  • Page 186 ¢ Installation space requirement Unit: in (mm) Outline of unit 5 (120) or more 3 (59) or more 3 (70) or more 8 (200) or more 60 (1,500) or more - (04-62) - 4-11. Wall mounted type 4. Dimensions...
  • Page 187 ¢ Models: ASUA7TLAV and ASUA12TLAV Unit: in (mm) 8-7/16 (215) 31-1/8 (790) 18-1/2 (470) 20-7/8 (530) 15/16 26 (660) (24) 18-1/2 (470) 20-7/8 (530) 14-7/8 (378) 16-1/4 (412) 14-7/16 (366.5) 14-7/16 (366.5) for pipe inlet for pipe inlet Ø4 (80) or more Ø4 (80) or more 13-1/2 (343) 12-1/2 (318)
  • Page 188 ¢ Installation space requirement Unit: in (mm) Outline of indoor unit 2 (44) or more 2 (49) or more 3 (60) or more 4 (90) or more 60 (1,500) or more - (04-64) - 4-11. Wall mounted type 4. Dimensions...
  • Page 189 ¢ Models: ASUB18TLAV and ASUB24TLAV Unit: in (mm) 39-5/16 (998) 20-1/2 (520) 23-1/4 (590) 9 (228) 1 (25) 28-3/8 (721) 13/16 (20) 1-7/16 (37) Unit center 15-3/4 (400) 17-5/16 (439) 11/16 x 7/16 (18 x 11) hole 5/8 (16) 4-7/16 (113) 15-1/4 (387) 9-9/16 (243) 1 x 7/16 (26 x 11) hole...
  • Page 190 ¢ Installation space requirement Provide sufficient installation space for product safety. CAUTION Do not place any other electrical products or household belongings under the product. Condensa- tion dripping from the product might get them wet, and may cause damage or malfunction to the property.
  • Page 191 5. Wiring diagrams 5-1. Compact cassette type ¢ Models: AUUA4TLAV2, AUUA7TLAV2, AUUA9TLAV2, AUUA12TLAV2, AUUA14TLAV2, AUUA18TLAV2, and AUUA24TLAV2 - (04-67) - 5-1. Compact cassette type 5. Wiring diagrams...
  • Page 192 5-2. Circular flow cassette type ¢ Models: AUUB18TLAV2, AUUB24TLAV2, AUUB30TLAV2, AUUB36TLAV2, and AUUB48TLAV2 - (04-68) - 5-2. Circular flow cassette type 5. Wiring diagrams...
  • Page 193 5-3. Cassette type ¢ Models: AUUB18TLAV, AUUB24TLAV, AUUB30TLAV and AUUB36TLAV - (04-69) - 5-3. Cassette type 5. Wiring diagrams...
  • Page 194 5-4. Mini duct type ¢ Model: ARUL4TLAV1 - (04-70) - 5-4. Mini duct type 5. Wiring diagrams...
  • Page 195 5-5. Slim duct/Slim concealed floor type ¢ Models: ARUL7TLAV2, ARUL9TLAV2, ARUL12TLAV2, ARUL14TLAV2, and ARUL18TLAV2 - (04-71) - 5-5. Slim duct/Slim concealed floor type 5. Wiring diagrams...
  • Page 196 5-6. Medium static pressure duct type ¢ Models: ARUM24TLAV2, ARUM30TLAV2, and ARUM36TLAV2 - (04-72) - 5-6. Medium static pressure duct type 5. Wiring diagrams...
  • Page 197 5-7. High static pressure duct type ¢ Models: ARUH36TLAV, ARUH48TLAV, and ARUH60TLAV - (04-73) - 5-7. High static pressure duct type 5. Wiring diagrams...
  • Page 198 ¢ Models: ARUH72TLAV2 and ARUH96TLAV2 - (04-74) - 5-7. High static pressure duct type 5. Wiring diagrams...
  • Page 199 5-8. Compact floor type ¢ Models: AGUA4TLAV1, AGUA7TLAV1, AGUA9TLAV1, AGUA12TLAV1, and AGUA14TLAV1 - (04-75) - 5-8. Compact floor type 5. Wiring diagrams...
  • Page 200 5-9. Floor/Ceiling type ¢ Models: ABUA12TLAV2, ABUA14TLAV2, ABUA18TLAV2, and ABUA24TLAV2 - (04-76) - 5-9. Floor/Ceiling type 5. Wiring diagrams...
  • Page 201 5-10. Ceiling type ¢ Models: AUUA4TLAV2, AUUA7TLAV2, AUUA9TLAV2, AUUA12TLAV2, AUUA14TLAV2, AUUA18TLAV2, and AUUA24TLAV2 - (04-77) - 5-10. Ceiling type 5. Wiring diagrams...
  • Page 202 5-11. Wall mounted type ¢ Models: ASUA4TLAV1, ASUA7TLAV1, and ASUA9TLAV1 - (04-78) - 5-11. Wall mounted type 5. Wiring diagrams...
  • Page 203 ¢ Models: ASUA12TLAV1 and ASUA14TLAV1 - (04-79) - 5-11. Wall mounted type 5. Wiring diagrams...
  • Page 204 ¢ Models: ASUB18TLAV1, ASUB24TLAV1, ASUB18TLAV, and ASUB24TLAV - (04-80) - 5-11. Wall mounted type 5. Wiring diagrams...
  • Page 205 ¢ Models: ASUA30TLAV2 and ASUA36TLAV2 - (04-81) - 5-11. Wall mounted type 5. Wiring diagrams...
  • Page 206 ¢ Models: ASUA7TLAV and ASUA12TLAV - (04-82) - 5-11. Wall mounted type 5. Wiring diagrams...
  • Page 207 6. Air velocity and temperature distributions 6-1. Compact cassette type ¢ Model: AUUA4TLAV2 Fan speed Operation mode Measuring conditions HIGH • Air velocity distribution (ft) Unit: ft/s (m/s) 1 (0.25) 2 (0.5) 3 (1.0) 7 (2.0) Top view Vertical airflow direction louver: Up 2 (0.5) 7 (2.0) 7 (2.0)
  • Page 208 Measuring conditions Fan speed Operation mode NOTE: Reference data HIGH HEAT • Air velocity distribution (ft) Unit: ft/s (m/s) 7 (2.0) 5 (1.5) 3 (1.0) 2 (0.5) Side view Vertical airflow direction louver: Down 1 (0.25) (ft) • Air temperature distribution (ft) Unit: °F (°C) 86 (30)
  • Page 209 ¢ Model: AUUA7TLAV2 Fan speed Operation mode Measuring conditions HIGH • Air velocity distribution (ft) Unit: ft/s (m/s) 1 (0.25) 2 (0.5) 3 (1.0) 7 (2.0) Top view Vertical airflow direction louver: Up 2 (0.5) 7 (2.0) 3 (1.0) 7 (2.0) 3 (1.0) 1 (0.25) 2 (0.5)
  • Page 210 Measuring conditions Fan speed Operation mode NOTE: Reference data HIGH HEAT • Air velocity distribution (ft) Unit: ft/s (m/s) 7 (2.0) 5 (1.5) 3 (1.0) 2 (0.5) Side view Vertical airflow direction louver: Down 1 (0.25) (ft) • Air temperature distribution (ft) Unit: °F (°C) 9 2.7...
  • Page 211 ¢ Model: AUUA9TLAV2 Fan speed Operation mode Measuring conditions HIGH • Air velocity distribution (ft) Unit: ft/s (m/s) 1 (0.25) 2 (0.5) 3 (1.0) 7 (2.0) Top view Vertical airflow direction louver: Up 2 (0.5) 7 (2.0) 3 (1.0) 7 (2.0) 3 (1.0) 1 (0.25) 2 (0.5)
  • Page 212 Measuring conditions Fan speed Operation mode NOTE: Reference data HIGH HEAT • Air velocity distribution (ft) Unit: ft/s (m/s) 7 (2.0) 5 (1.5) 3 (1.0) 2 (0.5) Side view 1 (0.25) Vertical airflow direction louver: Down 4 (m) 13 (ft) •...
  • Page 213 ¢ Model: AUUA12TLAV2 Fan speed Operation mode Measuring conditions HIGH • Air velocity distribution (ft) Unit: ft/s (m/s) 1 (0.25) 2 (0.5) 3 (1.0) 7 (2.0) Top view Vertical airflow direction louver: Up 1 (0.25) 7 (2.0) 1 (0.25) 7 (2.0) 2 (0.5) 2 (0.5) 3 (1.0)
  • Page 214 Measuring conditions Fan speed Operation mode NOTE: Reference data HIGH HEAT • Air velocity distribution (ft) Unit: ft/s (m/s) 5 (1.5) 3 (1.0) Side view 2 (0.5) Vertical airflow direction louver: Down 1 (0.25) 4 (m) 13 (ft) • Air temperature distribution (ft) Unit: °F (°C) 86 (30)
  • Page 215 ¢ Model: AUUA14TLAV2 Fan speed Operation mode Measuring conditions HIGH • Air velocity distribution (ft) Unit: ft/s (m/s) 1 (0.25) 2 (0.5) 3 (1.0) 7 (2.0) Top view Vertical airflow direction louver: Up 7 (2.0) 2 (0.5) 1 (0.25) 3 (1.0) 7 (2.0) 1 (0.25) 2 (0.5)
  • Page 216 Measuring conditions Fan speed Operation mode NOTE: Reference data HIGH HEAT • Air velocity distribution (ft) Unit: ft/s (m/s) 7 (2.0) 5 (1.5) 3 (1.0) Side view 2 (0.5) Vertical airflow direction louver: Down 1 (0.25) 4 (m) 13 (ft) •...
  • Page 217 ¢ Model: AUUA18TLAV2 Fan speed Operation mode Measuring conditions HIGH • Air velocity distribution (ft) Unit: ft/s (m/s) 1 (0.25) 2 (0.5) 3 (1.0) 7 (2.0) Top view Vertical airflow direction louver: Up 2 (0.5) 7 (2.0) 1 (0.25) 2 (0.5) 3 (1.0) 7 (2.0) 1 (0.25)
  • Page 218 Measuring conditions Fan speed Operation mode NOTE: Reference data HIGH HEAT • Air velocity distribution (ft) Unit: ft/s (m/s) 7 (2.0) 5 (1.5) 3 (1.0) Side view 2 (0.5) Vertical airflow direction louver: Down 1 (0.25) 4 (m) 13 (ft) •...
  • Page 219 ¢ Model: AUUA24TLAV2 Fan speed Operation mode Measuring conditions HIGH • Air velocity distribution (ft) Unit: ft/s (m/s) 1 (0.25) 2 (0.5) 3 (1.0) 7 (2.0) Top view 3 (1.0) 7 (2.0) 7 (2.0) 3 (1.0) Vertical airflow direction louver: Up 1 (0.25) 2 (0.5) 1 (0.25)
  • Page 220 Measuring conditions Fan speed Operation mode NOTE: Reference data HIGH HEAT • Air velocity distribution (ft) Unit: ft/s (m/s) 7 (2.0) 5 (1.5) Side view 3 (1.0) Vertical airflow direction louver: Down 2 (0.5) 1 (0.25) 4 (m) 13 (ft) •...
  • Page 221 6-2. Circular flow cassette type ¢ Model: AUUB18TLAV2 Fan speed Operation mode Measuring conditions HIGH • Air velocity distribution (ft) Unit: ft/s (m/s) 2 (0.5) 3 (1.0) 7 (2.0) 3 (1.0) 1 (0.25) (0.25) 2 (0.5) 3 (1.0) 2 (0.5) Top view Vertical airflow direction louver: Position 1 7 (2.0)
  • Page 222 ¢ Model: AUUB24TLAV2 Fan speed Operation mode Measuring conditions HIGH • Air velocity distribution (ft) Unit: ft/s (m/s) 2 (0.5) (1.0) 7 (2.0) 1 (0.25) 1 (0.25) 2 (0.5) 3 (1.0) 2 (0.5) 3 (1.0) Top view Vertical airflow direction louver: Position 1 7 (2.0) (1.0) 2 (0.5)
  • Page 223 ¢ Model: AUUB30TLAV2 Fan speed Operation mode Measuring conditions HIGH • Air velocity distribution (ft) Unit: ft/s (m/s) 2 (0.5) 3 (1.0) 7 (2.0) 1 (0.25) 2 (0.5) 1 (0.25) Top view 3 (1.0) 3 (1.0) 2 (0.5) Vertical airflow direction louver: Position 1 7 (2.0) 3 (1.0) 2 (0.5)
  • Page 224 ¢ Model: AUUB36TLAV2 Fan speed Operation mode Measuring conditions HIGH • Air velocity distribution (ft) Unit: ft/s (m/s) 2 (0.5) 3 (1.0) 7 (2.0) 1 (0.25) 1 (0.25) 2 (0.5) 2 (0.5) Top view 3 (1.0) 3 (1.0) Vertical airflow direction louver: Position 1 3 (1.0) 7 (2.0) 2 (0.5)
  • Page 225 ¢ Model: AUUB48TLAV2 Fan speed Operation mode Measuring conditions HIGH • Air velocity distribution (ft) Unit: ft/s (m/s) 3 (1.0) 2 (0.5) 1 (0.25) 1 (0.25) 7 (2.0) 2 (0.5) Top view 7 (2.0) 3 (1.0) 3 (1.0) Vertical airflow direction louver: Position 1 2 (0.5) 7 (2.0) 2 (0.5)
  • Page 226 6-3. Cassette type ¢ Model: AUUB18TLAV Fan speed Operation mode Measuring conditions HIGH • Air velocity distribution (ft) Unit: ft/s (m/s) 1 (0.25) 2 (0.5) 3 (1.0) 7 (2.0) 1 (0.25) 1 (0.25) Top view 2 (0.5) 2 (0.5) Vertical airflow direction louver: Up 7 (2.0) 3 (1.0) 2 (0.5)
  • Page 227 ¢ Model: AUUB24TLAV Fan speed Operation mode Measuring conditions HIGH • Air velocity distribution (ft) Unit: ft/s (m/s) 1 (0.25) 2 (0.5) 7 (2.0) 3 (1.0) Top view 1 (0.25) 2 (0.5) 2 (0.5) 1 (0.25) Vertical airflow direction louver: Up 3 (1.0) 7 (2.0) 2 (0.5)
  • Page 228 ¢ Model: AUUB30TLAV Fan speed Operation mode Measuring conditions HIGH • Air velocity distribution (ft) Unit: ft/s (m/s) 1 (0.25) 2 (0.5) 3 (1.0) 7 (2.0) 2 (0.5) Top view 1 (0.25) 1 (0.25) 2 (0.5) Vertical airflow direction louver: Up 7 (2.0) 3 (1.0) 1 (0.25)
  • Page 229 ¢ Model: AUUB36TLAV Fan speed Operation mode Measuring conditions HIGH • Air velocity distribution (ft) Unit: ft/s (m/s) 2 (0.5) 1 (0.25) 3 (1.0) 7 (2.0) Top view 1 (0.25) 2 (0.5) 2 (0.5) 1 (0.25) Vertical airflow direction louver: Up 7 (2.0) 3 (1.0) 2 (0.5)
  • Page 230 6-4. Mini duct type NOTE: This data is measured with Auto louver grille kit (option). ¢ Model: ARUL4TLAV1 (with UTD-GXTA-W) Fan speed Operation mode Measuring conditions HIGH • Air velocity distribution (ft) Unit: ft/s (m/s) Top view 7 (2.0) 3 (1.0) 2 (0.5) Vertical airflow direction louver: Up Horizontal airflow direction louver: Center...
  • Page 231 Measuring conditions Fan speed Operation mode NOTE: Reference data HIGH HEAT • Air velocity distribution (ft) Unit: ft/s (m/s) 7 (2.0) Side view Vertical airflow direction louver: Down 3(1.0) Horizontal airflow direction louver: Center 2 (0.5) (ft) • Air temperature distribution (ft) Unit: °F (°C) 86 (30)
  • Page 232 6-5. Slim duct/Slim concealed floor type NOTE: This data is measured with Auto louver grille kit (option). ¢ Model: ARUL7TLAV2 (with UTD-GXSA-W) Fan speed Operation mode Measuring conditions HIGH • Air velocity distribution (ft) Unit: ft/s (m/s) Top view 7 (2.0) 3 (1.0) 2 (0.5) Vertical airflow direction louver: Up...
  • Page 233 Measuring conditions Fan speed Operation mode NOTE: Reference data HIGH HEAT • Air velocity distribution (ft) Unit: ft/s (m/s) Side view 3 (1.0) Vertical airflow direction louver: Down Horizontal airflow direction louver: Center 7 (2.0) 2 (0.5) (ft) • Air temperature distribution (ft) Unit: °F (°C) 86 (30)
  • Page 234 ¢ Model: ARUL9TLAV2 (with UTD-GXSA-W) Fan speed Operation mode Measuring conditions HIGH • Air velocity distribution (ft) Unit: ft/s (m/s) Top view 7 (2.0) 3 (1.0) 2 (0.5) Vertical airflow direction louver: Up Horizontal airflow direction louver: Center (ft) (ft) Unit: ft/s (m/s) 2 (0.5) 7 (2.0)
  • Page 235 Measuring conditions Fan speed Operation mode NOTE: Reference data HIGH HEAT • Air velocity distribution (ft) Unit: ft/s (m/s) 3 (1.0) Side view Vertical airflow direction louver: Down Horizontal airflow direction louver: Center 7 (2.0) 2 (0.5) (ft) • Air temperature distribution (ft) Unit: °F (°C) 86 (30)
  • Page 236 ¢ Model: ARUL12TLAV2 (with UTD-GXSA-W) Fan speed Operation mode Measuring conditions HIGH • Air velocity distribution (ft) Unit: ft/s (m/s) Top view 7 (2.0) 3 (1.0) 2 (0.5) Vertical airflow direction louver: Up Horizontal airflow direction louver: Center (ft) (ft) Unit: ft/s (m/s) 2 (0.5) 7 (2.0)
  • Page 237 Measuring conditions Fan speed Operation mode NOTE: Reference data HIGH HEAT • Air velocity distribution (ft) Unit: ft/s (m/s) Side view 3 (1.0) Vertical airflow direction louver: Down Horizontal airflow direction louver: Center 7 (2.0) 2 (0.5) (ft) • Air temperature distribution (ft) Unit: °F (°C) 86 (30)
  • Page 238 ¢ Model: ARUL14TLAV2 (with UTD-GXSA-W) Fan speed Operation mode Measuring conditions HIGH • Air velocity distribution (ft) Unit: ft/s (m/s) Top view 7 (2.0) 3 (1.0) 2 (0.5) Vertical airflow direction louver: Up Horizontal airflow direction louver: Center (ft) (ft) Unit: ft/s (m/s) 2 (0.5) 3 (1.0)
  • Page 239 Measuring conditions Fan speed Operation mode NOTE: Reference data HIGH HEAT • Air velocity distribution (ft) Unit: ft/s (m/s) Side view Vertical airflow direction louver: Down 3 (1.0) Horizontal airflow direction louver: Center 2 (0.5) 7 (2.0) (ft) • Air temperature distribution (ft) Unit: °F (°C) 86 (30)
  • Page 240 ¢ Model: ARUL18TLAV2 (with UTD-GXSB-W) Fan speed Operation mode Measuring conditions HIGH • Air velocity distribution (ft) Unit: ft.s (m/s) Top view 7 (2.0) 3 (1.0) 2 (0.5) Vertical airflow direction louver: Up Horizontal airflow direction louver: Center (ft) (ft) Unit: ft/s (m/s) 2 (0.5) 3 (1.0)
  • Page 241 Measuring conditions Fan speed Operation mode NOTE: Reference data HIGH HEAT • Air velocity distribution (ft) Unit: ft/s (m/s) Side view 3 (1.0) Vertical airflow direction louver: Down Horizontal airflow direction louver: Center 2 (0.5) 7 (2.0) (ft) • Air temperature distribution (ft) Unit: °F (°C) 86 (30)
  • Page 242 6-6. Compact floor type ¢ Model: AGUA4TLAV1 Fan speed Operation mode Fan select Measuring conditions HIGH Upper & Lower • Air velocity distribution Unit : ft/s (m/s) (ft) 3 (1.0) 2 (0.5) Top view Vertical airflow direction louver: Up Horizontal airflow direction louver: Center Lower Upper (ft)
  • Page 243 ¢ Models: AGUA7TLAV1 and AGUA9TLAV1 Fan speed Operation mode Fan select Measuring conditions HIGH Upper & Lower • Air velocity distribution (ft) Unit : ft/s (m/s) 3 (1.0) 2 (0.5) Top view Vertical airflow direction louver: Up Horizontal airflow direction louver: Center Lower Upper (ft)
  • Page 244 ¢ Model: AGUA12TLAV1 Fan speed Operation mode Fan select Measuring conditions HIGH Upper & Lower • Air velocity distribution Unit: ft/s (m/s) (ft) 3 (1.0) 2 (0.5) Top view Vertical airflow direction louver: Up Horizontal airflow direction louver: Center Upper Lower (ft) Unit: ft/s (m/s)
  • Page 245 ¢ Model: AGUA14TLAV1 Fan speed Operation mode Fan select Measuring conditions HIGH Upper & Lower • Air velocity distribution (ft) Unit: ft/s (m/s) 2 (0.5) 3 (1.0) Top view Vertical airflow direction louver: Up Horizontal airflow direction louver: Center Lower Upper (ft) Unit: ft/s (m/s)
  • Page 246 6-7. Floor/Ceiling type ¢ Models: ABUA12TLAV2 and ABUA14TLAV2 (Floor console) Fan speed Operation mode Measuring conditions HIGH • Air velocity distribution (ft) Unit: ft/s (m/s) Top view 7 (2.0) Vertical airflow direction louver: Down 3 (1.0) 2 (0.5) 1 (0.25) Horizontal airflow direction louver: Center (ft) (ft)
  • Page 247 ¢ Models: ABUA12TLAV2 and ABUA14TLAV2 (Under ceiling) Fan speed Operation mode Measuring conditions HIGH • Air velocity distribution (ft) Unit: ft/s (m/s) Top view Vertical airflow direction louver: Down 7 (2.0) 3 (1.0) 2 (0.5) 1 (0.25) Horizontal airflow direction louver: Center (ft) (ft) Unit: ft/s (m/s)
  • Page 248 ¢ Model: ABUA18TLAV2 (Floor console) Fan speed Operation mode Measuring conditions HIGH • Air velocity distribution (ft) Unit: ft/s (m/s) Top view 7 (2.0) 3 (1.0) 2 (0.5) 1 (0.25) Vertical airflow direction louver: Down Horizontal airflow direction louver: Center (ft) (ft) Unit: ft/s (m/s)
  • Page 249 ¢ Model: ABUA18TLAV2 (Under ceiling) Fan speed Operation mode Measuring conditions HIGH • Air velocity distribution (ft) Unit: ft/s (m/s) Top view 7 (2.0) 3 (1.0) 2 (0.5) 1 (0.25) Vertical airflow direction louver: Down Horizontal airflow direction louver: Center (ft) (ft) Unit: ft/s (m/s)
  • Page 250 ¢ Model: ABUA24TLAV2 (Floor console) Fan speed Operation mode Measuring conditions HIGH • Air velocity distribution (ft) Unit: ft/s (m/s) Top view Vertical airflow direction louver: Down 7 (2.0) 3 (1.0) 2 (0.5) 1 (0.25) Horizontal airflow direction louver: Center (ft) (ft) Unit: ft/s (m/s)
  • Page 251 ¢ Model: ABUA24TLAV2 (Under ceiling) Fan speed Operation mode Measuring conditions HIGH • Air velocity distribution (ft) Unit: ft/s (m/s) Top view 7 (2.0) 3 (1.0) 2 (0.5) 1 (0.25) Vertical airflow direction louver: Down Horizontal airflow direction louver: Center (ft) (ft) Unit: ft/s (m/s)
  • Page 252 6-8. Ceiling type ¢ Model: ABUA30TLAV2 Fan speed Operation mode Measuring conditions HIGH • Air velocity distribution (ft) Unit: ft/s (m/s) Top view 3 (1.0) 1 (0.25) Vertical airflow direction louver: Up Horizontal airflow direction louver: Center 2 (0.5) 7 (2.0) (ft) (ft) Unit: ft/s (m/s)
  • Page 253 ¢ Model: ABUA36TLAV2 Fan speed Operation mode Measuring conditions HIGH • Air velocity distribution (ft) Unit: ft/s (m/s) Top view 3 (1.0) 1 (0.25) Vertical airflow direction louver: Up Horizontal airflow direction louver: Center 2 (0.5) 7 (2.0) (ft) (ft) Unit: ft/s (m/s) 1 (0.25) 3 (1.0)
  • Page 254 6-9. Wall mounted type ¢ Model: ASUA4TLAV1 Fan speed Operation mode Measuring conditions HIGH • Air velocity distribution (ft) Unit: ft/s (m/s) 3 (2.0) 2 (1.0) Top view Vertical airflow direction louver: Up 1 (0.5) Horizontal airflow direction louver: Center 8 (m) 26 (ft) (ft) (m)
  • Page 255 ¢ Model: ASUA7TLAV1 Fan speed Operation mode Measuring conditions HIGH • Air velocity distribution (ft) (m) Unit: ft/s (m/s) 1 (2.0) 2 (1.0) 1 (0.5) Top view Vertical airflow direction louver: Up Horizontal airflow direction louver: Center 8 (m) 26 (ft) (ft) (m) Unit: ft/s (m/s) 7 (2.0)
  • Page 256 ¢ Model: ASUA9TLAV1 Fan speed Operation mode Measuring conditions HIGH • Air velocity distribution (ft) Unit: ft/s (m/s) 7 (2.0) 1 (0.5) Top view Vertical airflow direction louver: Up 3 (1.0) Horizontal airflow direction louver: Center 8 (m) 26 (ft) (ft) (m) Unit: ft/s (m/s) 7 (2.0)
  • Page 257 ¢ Model: ASUA12TLAV1 Fan speed Operation mode Measuring conditions HIGH • Air velocity distribution (ft) Unit: ft/s (m/s) 7 (2.0) 1 (0.5) Top view 3 (1.0) Vertical airflow direction louver: Up Horizontal airflow direction louver: Center (ft) (ft) (m) Unit: ft/s (m/s) 7 (2.0) 1 (0.5) 3 (1.0)
  • Page 258 ¢ Model: ASUA14TLAV1 Fan speed Operation mode Measuring conditions HIGH • Air velocity distribution (ft) Unit: ft/s (m/s) 3 (1.0) 7 (2.0) 1 (0.5) Top view Vertical airflow direction louver: Up Horizontal airflow direction louver: Center (ft) (ft) (m) Unit: ft/s (m/s) 7 (2.0) 1 (0.5) 3 (1.0)
  • Page 259 ¢ Models: ASUB18TLAV1 and ASUB18TLAV Fan speed Operation mode Measuring conditions HIGH • Air velocity distribution (ft) Unit: ft/s (m/s) Top view 1 (0.5) 3 (1.0) 7 (2.0) Vertical airflow direction louver: Up Horizontal airflow direction louver: Center 8 (m) 26 (ft) (ft) Unit: ft/s (m/s)
  • Page 260 ¢ Models: ASUB24TLAV1 and ASUB24TLAV Fan speed Operation mode Measuring conditions HIGH • Air velocity distribution (ft) Unit: ft/s (m/s) Top view 3 (1.0) 7 (2.0) 1 (0.5) Vertical airflow direction louver: Up Horizontal airflow direction louver: Center 8 (m) 26 (ft) (ft) Unit: ft/s (m/s)
  • Page 261 ¢ Model: ASUA30TLAV2 Fan speed Operation mode Measuring conditions HIGH • Air velocity distribution (ft) (m) Unit: ft/s (m/s) Top view 3 (1.0) 7 (2.0) 4 (1.5) Vertical airflow direction louver: Up Horizontal airflow direction louver: Center 1 (0.5) 10 11 12 13 14 15 (m) 10 13 16 20 23 26 30 33 36 39 42 45 49 (ft) (ft) (m)
  • Page 262 ¢ Model: ASUA36TLAV2 Fan speed Operation mode Measuring conditions HIGH • Air velocity distribution (ft) (m) Unit: ft/s (m/s) 1 (0.5) Top view Vertical airflow direction louver: Up 7 (2.0) 4 (1.5) 3 (1.0) Horizontal airflow direction louver: Center 10 11 12 13 14 15 (m) 10 13 16 20 23 26 30 33 36 39 42 45 49 (ft) (ft) (m)
  • Page 263 ¢ Model: ASUA7TLAV Fan speed Operation mode Measuring conditions HIGH • Air velocity distribution (ft) Unit: ft/s (m/s) Top view 1 (0.25) 2 (0.5) 7 (2.0) 3 (1.0) Vertical airflow direction louver: Up Horizontal airflow direction louver: Center (ft) (ft) (m) Unit: ft/s (m/s) 7 (2.0) 1 (0.25)
  • Page 264 ¢ Model: ASUA12TLAV Fan speed Operation mode Measuring conditions HIGH • Air velocity distribution (ft) Unit: ft/s (m/s) Top view 7 (2.0) 3 (1.0) 1 (0.25) 2 (0.5) Vertical airflow direction louver: Up Horizontal airflow direction louver: Center (ft) (ft) (m) Unit: ft/s (m/s) 7 (2.0) 1 (0.25)

  • Page 265: Fan Performance Curve

    7. Fan performance curve 7-1. Mini duct type ¢ Model: ARUL4TLAV1 0.24 (60) 0.20 (50) Hi (SP mode03) SP mode03 0.16 (40) upper limit SP mode03 lower limit 0.12 (30) Normal SP upper limit Lo (SP mode03) Hi (Normal SP) 0.08 (20) SP mode00 Normal SP...
  • Page 266 Cooling Capacity (300) (400) (500) (600) Airflow (CMF [m³/h]) Heating Capacity (300) (400) (500) (600) Airflow (CMF [m³/h]) 0.24 (60) 0.20 (50) 0.16 (40) 0.12 (30) 0.08 (20) 0.04 (10) 0 (0) (300) (400) (500) (600) Airflow (CFM [m³/h]) - (04-142) - 7-1.

  • Page 267: Slim Duct/Slim Concealed Floor Type

    7-2. Slim duct/Slim concealed floor type ¢ Model: ARUL7TLAV2 0.44 (110) SP mode09 0.40 (100) upper limit Hi (SP mode09) 0.36 (90) 0.32 (80) Med (SP mode09) 0.28 (70) SP mode09 0.24 (60) lower limit Qu (SP mode09) 0.20 (50) Normal SP Hi (Normal SP) 0.16 (40)
  • Page 268 Cooling Capacity (300) (400) (500) (600) (700) Airflow (CFM [m³/h]) Heating Capacity (300) (400) (500) (600) (700) Airflow (CFM [m³/h]) - (04-144) - 7-2. Slim duct/Slim concealed floor type 7. Fan performance curve...
  • Page 269 ¢ Model: ARUL9TLAV2 0.44 (110) SP mode09 Hi (SP mode09) upper limit 0.40 (100) 0.36 (90) 0.32 (80) Med (SP mode09) 0.28 (70) Qu (SP mode09) SP mode09 0.24 (60) lower limit 0.20 (50) Normal SP Hi (Normal SP) upper limit 0.16 (40) Med (Normal SP) Qu (Normal SP)
  • Page 270 Cooling Capacity (300) (400) (500) (600) (700) (800) Airflow (CFM [m³/h]) Heating Capacity (300) (400) (500) (600) (700) (800) Airflow (CFM [m³/h]) - (04-146) - 7-2. Slim duct/Slim concealed floor type 7. Fan performance curve...
  • Page 271 ¢ Model: ARUL12TLAV2 0.48 (120) 0.44 (110) SP mode09 upper limit Hi (SP mode09) 0.40 (100) 0.36 (90) Med (SP mode09) 0.32 (80) Qu (SP mode09) 0.28 (70) SP mode09 0.24 (60) lower limit Normal SP 0.20 (50) Hi (Normal SP) upper limit Med (Normal SP) 0.16 (40)
  • Page 272 Cooling Capacity (300) (400) (500) (600) (700) (800) Airflow (CFM [m³/h)]) Heating Capacity (300) (400) (500) (600) (700) (800) Airflow (CFM [m³/h]) - (04-148) - 7-2. Slim duct/Slim concealed floor type 7. Fan performance curve...
  • Page 273 ¢ Model: ARUL14TLAV2 0.48 (120) 0.44 (110) SP mode09 Hi (SP mode09) upper limit 0.40 (100) 0.36 (90) Med (SP mode09) 0.32 (80) Qu (SP mode09) 0.28 (70) 0.24 (60) Normal SP 0.20 (50) SP mode00 upper limit upper limit 0.16 (40) Hi (Normal SP) Qu (NormalSP)
  • Page 274 Cooling Capacity (300) (400) (500) (600) (700) (800) (900) (1,000) Airflow (CFM [m³/h]) Heating Capacity (300) (400) (500) (600) (700) (800) (900) (1,000) Airflow (CFM [m³/h]) - (04-150) - 7-2. Slim duct/Slim concealed floor type 7. Fan performance curve...
  • Page 275 ¢ Model: ARUL18TLAV2 0.48 (120) 0.44 (110) Hi (SP mode09) 0.40 (100) SP mode09 upper limit 0.36 (90) Med (SP mode09) 0.32 (80) Qu (SP mode09) 0.28 (70) 0.24 (60) Normal SP 0.20 (50) SP mode09 upper limit lower limit 0.16 (40) Hi (Normal SP) Qu (Normal SP)
  • Page 276 Cooling Capacity (300) (400) (500) (600) (700) (800) (900) (1,000) (1,100) (1,200) Airflow (CFM [m³/h]) Heating Capacity (300) (400) (500) (600) (700) (800) (900) (1,000) (1,100) (1,200) Airflow (CFM [m³/h]) - (04-152) - 7-2. Slim duct/Slim concealed floor type 7. Fan performance curve...

  • Page 277: Medium Static Pressure Duct Type

    7-3. Medium static pressure duct type ¢ Model: ARUM24TLAV2 0.64 (160) Hi (SP mode14) SP mode14 0.56 (140) upper limit 0.48 (120) Qu (SP mode14) 0.40 (100) SP mode14 lower limit 0.32 (80) 0.24 (60) Hi (Normal SP) Qu (Normal SP) Normal SP 0.16 (40) upper limit...
  • Page 278 Cooling Capacity 1,001 (800) (900) (1,000) (1,100) (1,200) (1,300) (1,400) (1,500) (1,600) (1,700) Airflow (CFM [m³/h]) Heating Capacity 1,001 (800) (900) (1,000) (1,100) (1,200) (1,300) (1,400) (1,500) (1,600) (1,700) Airflow (CFM [m³/h]) - (04-154) - 7-3. Medium static pressure duct type 7.
  • Page 279 ¢ Model: ARUM30TLAV2 0.64 (160) Hi (SP mode9) 0.56 (140) SP mode9 upper limit 0.48 (120) SP mode9 lower limit 0.40 (100) Normal SP 0.32 (80) upper limit 0.24 (60) Qu (SP mode09) Hi (Normal SP) 0.16 (40) SP mode00 upper limit Qu (Normal SP) Hi (SP mode00)
  • Page 280 Cooling Capacity 1,001 1,059 1,118 1,177 1,236 (600) (700) (800) (900) (1,000) (1,100) (1,200) (1,300) (1,400) (1,500) (1,600) (1,700) (1,800) (1,900) (2,000) (2,100) Airflow (CFM [m³/h]) Heating Capacity 1,001 1,059 1,118 1,177 1,236 (600) (700) (800) (900) (1,000) (1,100) (1,200) (1,300) (1,400) (1,500) (1,600) (1,700) (1,800)
  • Page 281 ¢ Model: ARUM36TLAV2 0.64 (160) Hi (SP mode9) 0.56 (140) SP mode9 upper limit 0.48 (120) SP mode9 0.40 (100) lower limit Normal SP upper limit 0.32 (80) Hi (Normal SP) 0.24 (60) Qu (SP mode9) 0.16 (40) SP mode00 upper limit Qu (Normal SP) 0.08 (20)
  • Page 282 Cooling Capacity 1,001 1,059 1,118 1,177 1,236 1,295 (700) (800) (900) (1,000) (1,100) (1,200) (1,300) (1,400) (1,500) (1,600) (1,700) (1,800) (1,900) (2,000) (2,100) (2,200) Airflow (CFM [m³/h]) Heating Capacity 1,001 1,059 1,118 1,177 1,236 1,295 (700) (800) (900) (1,000) (1,100) (1,200) (1,300) (1,400) (1,500) (1,600) (1,700) (1,800)

  • Page 283: High Static Pressure Duct Type

    7-4. High static pressure duct type ¢ Model: ARUH36TLAV 1.00 (250) 0.80 (200) 0.60 (150) 0.40 (100) 0.20 (50) 0 (0) 1,354 1,472 1,001 1,118 1,236 (2,300) (2,500) (1,100) (1,300) (1,500) (1,700) (1,900) (2,100) Airflow (CFM [m³/h]) Cooling Capacity 1,001 1,118 1,236 1,354...
  • Page 284 ¢ Model: ARUH48TLAV 1.20 (300) 1.00 (250) 0.80 (200) 0.60 (150) 0.40 (100) 0.20 (50) 0 (0) 1,118 1,236 1,354 1,472 1,589 1,707 1,825 (1,900) (2,100) (2,300) (2,500) (2,700) (2,900) (3,100) Airflow (CFM [m³/h]) Cooling Capacity 1,118 1,236 1,354 1,472 1,589 1,707 1,825...
  • Page 285 ¢ Model: ARUH60TLAV 1.20 (300) 1.00 (250) 0.80 (200) 0.60 (150) 0.40 (100) 0.20 (50) 0 (0) 1,295 1,413 1,530 1,648 1,766 1,884 2,001 (2,200) (2,400) (2,600) (2,800) (3,000) (3,200) (3,400) Airflow (CFM [m³/h]) Cooling Capacity 1,295 1,413 1,530 1,648 1,766 1,884 2,001...
  • Page 286 ¢ Model: ARUH72TLAV2 1.40 (350) Hi (SP mode30) 1.20 (300) SP mode30 upper limit 1.00 (250) SP mode30 lower limit Lo (SP mode30) 0.80 (200) 0.60 (150) Normal SP Hi (Normal SP) upper limit 0.40 (100) Normal SP Lo (Normal SP) lower limit 0.20 (50) Hi (SP mode05)
  • Page 287 Cooling Capacity 1,400 1,600 1,800 2,000 2,200 2,400 2,600 2,800 (2,378) (2,548) (3,058) (3,398) (3,738) (4,078) (4,417) (4,757) Airflow (CFM [m³/h]) Heating Capacity 1,400 1,600 1,800 2,000 2,200 2,400 2,600 2,800 (2,378) (2,548) (3,058) (3,398) (3,738) (4,078) (4,417) (4,757) Airflow (CFM [m³/h]) - (04-163) - 7-4.
  • Page 288 ¢ Model: ARUH96TLAV2 1.20 (300) Hi (SP mode27) Hi (SP mode29) 1.00 (250) SP mode29 upper limit SP mode29 lower limit 0.80 (200) Lo (SP mode29) 0.60 (150) Hi (Normal SP) Normal SP upper limit 0.40 (100) Normal SP Lo (Normal SP) lower limit 0.20 (50) SP mode05...
  • Page 289 Cooling Capacity 1,800 2,000 2,200 2,400 2,600 2,800 3,000 3,200 3,400 (3,058) (3,398) (3,738) (4,078) (4,417) (4,757) (5,096) (5,436) (5,775) Airflow (CFM [m³/h]) Heating Capacity 1,800 2,000 2,200 2,400 2,600 2,800 3,000 3,200 3,400 (3,058) (3,398) (3,738) (4,078) (4,417) (4,757) (5,096) (5,436) (5,775)

  • Page 290: Fresh Air Characteristics

    7-5. Fresh air characteristics ¢ Circular flow cassette type and Cassette type  Airflow volume—Static pressure of fresh air intake characteristics inWG 0.39 0.20 11.0 14.1 17.7 21.2 24.7 0.7 m³/min Airflow Inside Diameter Duct Circular flow cassette type: Ø3-3/4 in (95 mm) Cassette type: Ø2-3/4 in (70 mm) Duct Fan Static pressure required to take in fresh air...
  • Page 291 ¢ Ceiling type  Airflow volume—Static pressure of fresh air intake characteristics inWG 0.020 0.016 0.012 0.008 0.004 m³/min Airflow • *1: ABUA30TLAV2 • *2: ABUA36TLAV2  Installation For half concealed installation Fresh air inlet position UTD-RF204 (Optional parts) Flexible duct* *: Locally purchased parts For the fresh-air inlet position, refer to "Ceiling type"...

  • Page 292: Airflow

    8. Airflow Conversion factor: • 1 m /h = 0.2778 l/s = 0.5886 CFM • 3.6 m /h = 1 l/s • 1.699 m /h = 1 CFM 8-1. Compact cassette type Airflow Model Mode HIGH 490/480 136/133 288/283 MED—HIGH* 450/430 125/119 265/253...

  • Page 293: Circular Flow Cassette Type

    8-2. Circular flow cassette type Airflow Model Mode HIGH 1,050 MED—HIGH AUUB18TLAV2 LOW—HIGH QUIET HIGH 1,120 MED—HIGH 1,050 AUUB24TLAV2 LOW—HIGH QUIET HIGH 1,470 MED—HIGH 1,160 1,070 AUUB30TLAV2 LOW—HIGH QUIET HIGH 1,620 MED—HIGH 1,500 1,400 AUUB36TLAV2 LOW—HIGH 1,340 1,280 QUIET 1,150 HIGH 2,040 1,201...

  • Page 294: Mini Duct Type

    8-4. Mini duct type Airflow Model Mode HIGH MED—HIGH ARUL4TLAV1 LOW—HIGH QUIET 8-5. Slim duct/Slim concealed floor type Airflow Model Mode HIGH MED—HIGH ARUL7TLAV2 MED—LOW QUIET HIGH MED—HIGH ARUL9TLAV2 MED—LOW QUIET HIGH MED—HIGH ARUL12TLAV2 MED—LOW QUIET HIGH MED—HIGH ARUL14TLAV2 MED—LOW QUIET HIGH MED—HIGH...

  • Page 295: Medium Static Pressure Duct Type

    8-6. Medium static pressure duct type Airflow Model Mode HIGH 1,460 MED—HIGH 1,370 1,290 ARUM24TLAV2 MED—LOW 1,190 1,100 QUIET 1,000 HIGH 1,770 1,043 MED—HIGH 1,610 1,460 ARUM30TLAV2 MED—LOW 1,310 1,160 QUIET 1,000 HIGH 1,890 1,113 MED—HIGH 1,750 1,031 1,620 ARUM36TLAV2 MED—LOW 1,450 1,300...

  • Page 296: Compact Floor Type

    8-8. Compact floor type Airflow Model Mode 380/430 106/119 224/253 HIGH* MED—HIGH AGUA4TLAV1 LOW—HIGH QUIET HIGH MED—HIGH AGUA7TLAV1 LOW—HIGH QUIET HIGH MED—HIGH AGUA9TLAV1 LOW—HIGH QUIET HIGH MED—HIGH AGUA12TLAV1 LOW—HIGH QUIET HIGH MED—HIGH AGUA14TLAV1 LOW—HIGH QUIET *1: This value is “Cooling operation/Heating operation”. - (04-172) - 8-8.

  • Page 297: Floor/Ceiling Type

    8-9. Floor/Ceiling type Airflow Model Mode HIGH MED—HIGH ABUA12TLAV2 MED—LOW QUIET HIGH MED—HIGH ABUA14TLAV2 MED—LOW QUIET HIGH 1,000 MED—HIGH ABUA18TLAV2 MED—LOW QUIET HIGH 1,000 MED—HIGH ABUA24TLAV2 MED—LOW QUIET - (04-173) - 8-9. Floor/Ceiling type 8. Airflow...

  • Page 298: Ceiling Type

    8-10. Ceiling type Airflow Model Mode HIGH 1,630 MED—HIGH 1,520 1,420 ABUA30TLAV2 MED—LOW 1,320 1,220 QUIET 1,140 HIGH 1,690 MED—HIGH 1,560 1,450 ABUA36TLAV2 MED—LOW 1,360 1,270 QUIET 1,170 8-11. Wall mounted type Airflow Model Mode HIGH MED—HIGH ASUA4TLAV1 LOW—HIGH QUIET HIGH MED—HIGH ASUA7TLAV1...
  • Page 299 Airflow Model Mode HIGH 1,100 ASUB24TLAV1 HIGH 1,440 MED—HIGH 1,200 1,050 ASUA30TLAV2 LOW—HIGH QUIET 1,620/1520 450/422 954/895 HIGH* MED—HIGH 1,300 1,120 ASUA36TLAV2 LOW—HIGH QUIET HIGH ASUA7TLAV 420/370 117/103 247/218 LOW* HIGH ASUA12TLAV HIGH ASUB18TLAV HIGH 1,100 ASUB24TLAV *1: This value is “Cooling operation/Heating operation”. - (04-175) - 8-11.

  • Page 300: Noise Level Curve

    9. Noise level curve 9-1. Compact cassette type Model: AUUA4TLAV2 • Cooling Heating NC-65 NC-65 NC-60 NC-60 NC-55 NC-55 NC-50 NC-50 NC-45 NC-45 HIGH HIGH NC-40 NC-40 NC-35 NC-35 NC-30 NC-30 NC-25 NC-25 NC-20 NC-20 QUIET NC-15 NC-15 QUIET 1,000 2,000 4,000 8,000...
  • Page 301 Model: AUUA12TLAV2 Model: AUUA14TLAV2 • • NC-65 NC-65 NC-60 NC-60 NC-55 NC-55 NC-50 NC-50 HIGH NC-45 NC-45 HIGH NC-40 NC-40 NC-35 NC-35 NC-30 NC-30 NC-25 NC-25 QUIET QUIET NC-20 NC-20 NC-15 NC-15 1,000 2,000 4,000 8,000 1,000 2,000 4,000 8,000 Octave band center frequency, Hz Octave band center frequency, Hz Model: AUUA18TLAV2...

  • Page 302: Circular Flow Cassette Type

    9-2. Circular flow cassette type Model: AUUB18TLAV2 Model: AUUB24TLAV2 • • NC-65 NC-65 NC-60 NC-60 NC-55 NC-55 NC-50 NC-50 NC-45 NC-45 HIGH NC-40 NC-40 HIGH NC-35 NC-35 NC-30 NC-30 NC-25 NC-25 NC-20 NC-20 NC-15 NC-15 1,000 2,000 4,000 8,000 1,000 2,000 4,000 8,000...
  • Page 303 Model: AUUB36TLAV2 Model: AUUB48TLAV2 • • NC-65 NC-65 NC-60 NC-60 NC-55 NC-55 HIGH NC-50 NC-50 NC-45 NC-45 HIGH NC-40 NC-40 NC-35 NC-35 NC-30 NC-30 NC-25 NC-25 NC-20 NC-20 NC-15 NC-15 1,000 2,000 4,000 8,000 1,000 2,000 4,000 8,000 Octave band center frequency, Hz Octave band center frequency, Hz - (04-179) - 9-2.

  • Page 304: Cassette Type

    9-3. Cassette type Model: AUUB18TLAV Model: AUUB24TLAV • • NC-65 NC-65 NC-60 NC-60 NC-55 NC-55 NC-50 NC-50 NC-45 NC-45 HIGH HIGH NC-40 NC-40 NC-35 NC-35 NC-30 NC-30 NC-25 NC-25 NC-20 NC-20 NC-15 NC-15 1,000 2,000 4,000 8,000 1,000 2,000 4,000 8,000 Octave band center frequency, Hz Octave band center frequency, Hz...

  • Page 305: Mini Duct Type

    9-4. Mini duct type Model: ARUL4TLAV1 • NC-65 NC-60 NC-55 NC-50 NC-45 NC-40 NC-35 HIGH NC-30 NC-25 NC-20 NC-15 1,000 2,000 4,000 8,000 Octave band center frequency, Hz - (04-181) - 9-4. Mini duct type 9. Noise level curve...

  • Page 306: Slim Duct/Slim Concealed Floor Type

    9-5. Slim duct/Slim concealed floor type Model: ARUL7TLAV2 Model: ARUL9TLAV2 • • NC-65 NC-65 NC-60 NC-60 NC-55 NC-55 NC-50 NC-50 NC-45 NC-45 NC-40 NC-40 NC-35 NC-35 HIGH HIGH NC-30 NC-30 NC-25 NC-25 NC-20 NC-20 NC-15 NC-15 QUIET QUIET 1,000 2,000 4,000 8,000 1,000...
  • Page 307 Model: ARUL18TLAV2 • NC-65 NC-60 NC-55 NC-50 NC-45 NC-40 HIGH NC-35 NC-30 NC-25 NC-20 QUIET NC-15 1,000 2,000 4,000 8,000 Octave band center frequency, Hz - (04-183) - 9-5. Slim duct/Slim concealed floor type 9. Noise level curve...

  • Page 308: Medium Static Pressure Duct Type

    9-6. Medium static pressure duct type Model: ARUM24TLAV2 Model: ARUM30TLAV2 • • NC-65 NC-65 NC-60 NC-60 NC-55 NC-55 NC-50 NC-50 NC-45 NC-45 HIGH HIGH NC-40 NC-40 NC-35 NC-35 NC-30 NC-30 NC-25 NC-25 NC-20 NC-20 QUIET QUIET NC-15 NC-15 1,000 2,000 4,000 8,000 1,000...

  • Page 309: High Static Pressure Duct Type

    9-7. High static pressure duct type Model: ARUH36TLAV Model: ARUH48TLAV • • NC-65 NC-65 NC-60 NC-60 HIGH NC-55 NC-55 HIGH NC-50 NC-50 NC-45 NC-45 NC-40 NC-40 NC-35 NC-35 NC-30 NC-30 NC-25 NC-25 NC-20 NC-20 NC-15 NC-15 1,000 2,000 4,000 8,000 1,000 2,000 4,000...
  • Page 310 Model: ARUH72TLAV2 Model: ARUH96TLAV2 • • NC-65 NC-65 NC-60 NC-60 HIGH NC-55 NC-55 HIGH NC-50 NC-50 NC-45 NC-45 NC-40 NC-40 NC-35 NC-35 NC-30 NC-30 NC-25 NC-25 NC-20 NC-20 NC-15 NC-15 1,000 2,000 4,000 8,000 1,000 2,000 4,000 8,000 Octave band center frequency, Hz Octave band center frequency, Hz - (04-186) - 9-7.

  • Page 311: Compact Floor Type

    9-8. Compact floor type Model: AGUA4TLAV1 Model: AGUA7TLAV1 • • NC-65 NC-65 NC-60 NC-60 NC-55 NC-55 NC-50 NC-50 NC-45 NC-45 NC-40 NC-40 HIGH HIGH NC-35 NC-35 NC-30 NC-30 NC-25 NC-25 NC-20 NC-20 NC-15 NC-15 1,000 2,000 4,000 8,000 1,000 2,000 4,000 8,000 Octave band center frequency, Hz...
  • Page 312 Model: AGUA14TLAV1 • NC-65 NC-60 NC-55 NC-50 HIGH NC-45 NC-40 NC-35 NC-30 NC-25 NC-20 NC-15 1,000 2,000 4,000 8,000 Octave band center frequency, Hz - (04-188) - 9-8. Compact floor type 9. Noise level curve...

  • Page 313: Floor/Ceiling Type

    9-9. Floor/Ceiling type Model: ABUA12TLAV2 Model: ABUA14TLAV2 • • NC-65 NC-65 NC-60 NC-60 NC-55 NC-55 NC-50 NC-50 NC-45 NC-45 HIGH NC-40 NC-40 HIGH NC-35 NC-35 NC-30 NC-30 QUIET NC-25 NC-25 NC-20 NC-20 QUIET NC-15 NC-15 1,000 2,000 4,000 8,000 1,000 2,000 4,000 8,000...

  • Page 314: Ceiling Type

    9-10. Ceiling type Model: ABUA30TLAV2 Model: ABUA36TLAV2 • • NC-65 NC-65 NC-60 NC-60 NC-55 NC-55 NC-50 NC-50 NC-45 NC-45 HIGH HIGH NC-40 NC-40 NC-35 NC-35 NC-30 NC-30 QUIET NC-25 NC-25 QUIET NC-20 NC-20 NC-15 NC-15 1,000 2,000 4,000 8,000 1,000 2,000 4,000 8,000...

  • Page 315: Wall Mounted Type

    9-11. Wall mounted type Model: ASUA4TLAV1 Model: ASUA7TLAV1 • • NC-65 NC-65 NC-60 NC-60 NC-55 NC-55 NC-50 NC-50 NC-45 NC-45 NC-40 NC-40 HIGH NC-35 NC-35 HIGH NC-30 NC-30 NC-25 NC-25 NC-20 NC-20 NC-15 NC-15 1,000 2,000 4,000 8,000 1,000 2,000 4,000 8,000 Octave band center frequency, Hz...
  • Page 316 Model: ASUA14TLAV1 Models: ASUB18TLAV1 and • • ASUB18TLAV NC-65 NC-65 NC-60 NC-60 NC-55 NC-55 NC-50 NC-50 HIGH NC-45 NC-45 HIGH NC-40 NC-40 NC-35 NC-35 NC-30 NC-30 NC-25 NC-25 NC-20 NC-20 NC-15 NC-15 N N N N 1,000 2,000 4,000 8,000 1,000 2,000 4,000...
  • Page 317 Model: ASUA36TLAV2 Model: ASUA7TLAV • • NC-65 NC-65 NC-60 NC-60 NC-55 NC-55 HIGH NC-50 NC-50 NC-45 NC-45 HIGH NC-40 NC-40 NC-35 NC-35 NC-30 NC-30 NC-25 NC-25 NC-20 NC-20 NC-15 NC-15 1,000 2,000 4,000 8,000 1,000 2,000 4,000 8,000 Octave band center frequency, Hz Octave band center frequency, Hz Model: ASUA12TLAV •...

  • Page 318: Sound Level Check Point

    9-12. Sound level check point • Compact cassette type • Mini duct type • Circular flow cassette type • Slim duct type • Cassette type • Medium static pressure duct type • High static pressure duct type 79 in 40 in (2.0 m) (1.0 m) 60 in...

  • Page 319: Safety Devices

    10. Safety devices 10-1. Compact cassette type Fan motor thermal protector Terminal Float Model Fuse thermal fuse switch Active Reset AUUA4TLAV2 AUUA7TLAV2 AUUA9TLAV2 280.4±27 °F 221±36 °F 250 V (138±15°C) (105±20°C) AUUA12TLAV2 — ○ 3.15 A Fan motor stop Fan motor restart AUUA14TLAV2 AUUA18TLAV2 AUUA24TLAV2...

  • Page 320: 10-6.Medium Static Pressure Duct Type

    10-5. Slim duct/Slim concealed floor type Fan motor thermal protector Terminal Float Model Fuse thermal fuse switch Active Reset ARUL7TLAV2 ARUL9TLAV2 275±27°F 239±27°F 250 V (135±15°C) (115±15°C) ARUL12TLAV2 — ○ ARUL14TLAV2 Fan motor stop Fan motor Restart ARUL18TLAV2 10-6. Medium static pressure duct type Fan motor thermal protector Terminal Float...

  • Page 321: 10-9.Floor/Ceiling Type

    10-9. Floor/Ceiling type Fan motor thermal protector Terminal Float Model Fuse thermal fuse switch Active Reset ABUA12TLAV2 275±27°F 239±27°F ABUA14TLAV2 250 V (135±15°C) (115±15°C) — — 3.15 A ABUA18TLAV2 Fan motor stop Fan motor restart ABUA24TLAV2 10-10. Ceiling type Fan motor thermal protector Terminal Float Model...

  • Page 322: Accessories

    11. Accessories The following installation parts are supplied. Use them as required. Do not discard any accessories until the installation work has been completed. 11-1. Compact cassette type Name and shape Q’ty Application Name and shape Q’ty Application For installing indoor unit M10 nut A (with flange) Operating manual...

  • Page 323: 11-2.Circular Flow Cassette Type

    11-2. Circular flow cassette type Name and shape Q’ty Application Name and shape Q’ty Application For installing indoor unit Template Operating manual (Carton top) For installing indoor unit Washer Installation manual For fixing the connection pipe (Large For installing drain pipe Cable tie and small) Insulation...

  • Page 324: 11-3.Cassette Type

    11-3. Cassette type Name and shape Q’ty Application Name and shape Q’ty Application For installing indoor unit Template Operating manual (Carton top) For installing indoor unit Washer Installation manual For fixing the connection pipe (Large For installing drain pipe Cable tie and small) Insulation (Large)

  • Page 325: 11-4.Mini Duct Type

    11-4. Mini duct type Name and shape Q’ty Application Name and shape Q’ty Application For fixing the coupler heat insulation Cable tie (Large) Operating manual For transmission cable and remote controller Cable tie cable binding (Medium) Installation manual For cutting ceiling opening Also used as packing Template...
  • Page 326 11-5. Slim duct/Slim concealed floor type Name and shape Q’ty Application Name and shape Q’ty Application For ARUL7TLAV2, ARUL9TLAV2, ARUL12TLAV2, and ARUL14TLAV2 Filter (Small) Operating manual For ARUL18TLAV2 Filter (Large) Installation manual For installing indoor unit For installing drain hose Washer Drain hose For indoor side pipe...

  • Page 327: 11-6.Medium Static Pressure Duct Type

    11-6. Medium static pressure duct type Name and shape Q’ty Application Name and shape Q’ty Application For suspending the indoor unit from ceiling M10 nut A (with flange) Operating manual For suspending the M10 nut B indoor unit from ceiling (with spring lock washer) Installation manual...

  • Page 328: 11-7.High Static Pressure Duct Type

    11-7. High static pressure duct type ¢ Models: ARUH36TLAV, ARUH48TLAV, and ARUH60TLAV Name and shape Q’ty Application Name and shape Q’ty Application For suspending the indoor unit from ceiling M10 nut A (with flange) Operating manual For suspending the M10 nut B indoor unit from ceiling (with spring lock washer)
  • Page 329 ¢ Models: ARUH72TLAV2 and ARUH96TLAV2 Name and shape Q’ty Application Name and shape Q’ty Application For suspending the indoor unit from ceiling M10 nut A (with flange) Operating manual For suspending the M10 nut B indoor unit from ceiling (with spring lock washer) Installation manual For fixing the...

  • Page 330: 11-8.Compact Floor Type

    11-8. Compact floor type Name and shape Q’ty Application Name and shape Q’ty Application For indoor unit installation Cloth tape Operating manual For transmission cable and remote controller cable binding Push mount cable tie Installation manual For installation, refer to For indoor unit the “CLEANING AND installation...

  • Page 331: 11-9.Floor/Ceiling Type

    11-9. Floor/Ceiling type Name and shape Q’ty Application Name and shape Q’ty Application For fixing the wall bracket Tapping screw Operating manual For indoor side pipe Coupler heat joint insulation Installation manual For fixing the coupler heat insulation Cable tie Cover plate (Large) (Left)

  • Page 332: 11-10.Ceiling Type

    11-10. Ceiling type Name and shape Q’ty Application Name and shape Q’ty Application For fixing the coupler Cable tie heat insulation (Extra large) Operating manual For fixing the coupler heat insulation Cable tie (Large) Installation manual For transmission cable For installing drain hose and remote controller Cable tie Drain hose...

  • Page 333: 11-11.Wall Mounted Type

    11-11. Wall mounted type ¢ Models: ASUA4TLAV1, ASUA7TLAV1, and ASUA9TLAV1 Name and shape Q’ty Application Name and shape Q’ty Application For wall hook bracket installation Tapping screw Operating manual For indoor unit installation Cloth tape Installation manual For indoor unit installation Wall hook bracket ¢...
  • Page 334 ¢ Models: ASUB18TLAV1 and ASUB24TLAV1 Name and shape Q’ty Application Name and shape Q’ty Application For wall hook bracket installation Tapping screw Operating manual For installation, refer to the “CLEANING AND CARE” in the operating manual Air cleaning filter Installation manual For installation, refer to For indoor unit the “CLEANING AND...
  • Page 335 ¢ Models: ASUA7TLAV, ASUA9TLAV, ASUA12TLAV, and ASUA14TLAV Name and shape Q’ty Application Name and shape Q’ty Application For wall hook bracket installation Tapping screw Operating manual For wired remote controller installation Connecting cable Installation manual For installation, refer to For indoor unit the “CLEANING AND installation CARE”...
  • Page 336 ¢ Models: ASUB18TLAV and ASUB24TLAV Name and shape Q’ty Application Name and shape Q’ty Application For installation, refer to the “CLEANING AND CARE” in the operating manual Air cleaning filter Operating manual For installation, refer to the “CLEANING AND CARE” in the operating Air cleaning filter manual frame...
  • Page 337 5. CONTROL SYSTEM 2019.11.01 DV_CH05_VR2E018EF_04...
  • Page 338 CONTENTS 5. CONTROL SYSTEM 1. Control system ....................05-1 1-1. Control system design example..................05-1 1-2. System configuration examples..................05-2 1-3. Features of control system ...................05-10 1-4. Wiring system .......................05-11 1-5. Control device design limitation ..................05-12 2. Control units....................05-14 2-1. System controller (UTY-APGXZ1) ................05-14 2-2.

  • Page 339: Control System

    1. Control system 1-1. Control system design example Advanced integrated control system example Building Air Conditioning Air Conditioning System Management Central Control Individual Control General-purpose Building Wired Remote Controller BACnet® Gateway Control Controller USB *2 To Outdoor units Adaptor Connectable to various sized (Locally BMS/BAS *¹...

  • Page 340: System Configuration Examples

    1-2. System configuration examples ¢ Individual control Wired Remote Controller (2-wire) Single control Multiple control for ● Up to 16 indoor units can be controlled with one wired for private room meeting room etc. remote controller. ● Wired (Touch panel) and wireless remote controllers can be used jointly.
  • Page 341 External Switch Controller Single control for hotel room with switch ● Up to 16 indoor units can be controlled with one external switch controller. ● In combination with a locally purchased card-key switch or other sensor, External switch controller Ext.SW Ext.SW allows control of basic functions by the hotel or office Controller...
  • Page 342 ¢ Central control Central Remote Controller ● Up to 100 indoor units / 16 groups can be controlled with one central remote controller. ● The sum total of the Touch panel controller, Central remote controller, Modbus convertor, and Network convertor for LONWORKS is a maximum of 16. Commercial building (Small class) To outdoor Central...
  • Page 343 System Controller Lite ● UP to 400 indoor units / 400 groups can be controlled with one System Controller Lite. Administrator's room System USB Adaptor Controller Lite Commercial building (Medium class) To outdoor units Up to 100 outdoor units Up to 400 indoor units System Controller ●...
  • Page 344 On-site central control and remote central control can be performed by system controller. On site central control (Max. 4 VRF network systems) Server & Client USB Adapter USB Port System Controller Max. controllable Max. transmission line length 1 VRF network 11,811 ft system (3,600 m)
  • Page 345 ¢ Indoor unit type and applicable control method Wired remote Wired remote controller (Touch Simple remote controller controller panel) Indoor unit type UTY-RSRY UTY-RSKU UTY-RNRUZ UTY-RNKU UTY-RHRY UTY-RHKU Compact cassette ○ — ○ — Circular flow cassette ○ — ○ —...
  • Page 346 Wireless Wireless LAN remote External switch controller adapter Indoor unit type controller UTY-LNHU UTY-TERX UTY-TEKX UTY-TFSXZ2 Compact cassette ○ ○ — ○ Circular flow cassette ○ — ○ ○* Cassette ○ ○ — ○* Mini duct ○ ○ — ○* Slim duct/Slim concealed floor ○...
  • Page 347 ¢ Convertors (Adaptors) and related devices (system) Within VRF network system System System Touch panel Central remote Convertor (Adaptor) controller controller lite controller controller UTY-APGXZ1 UTY-ALGXZ1 UTY-DTGYZ1 UTY-DCGYZ1 UTY-VTGX — — — — Network convertor UTY-VGGXZ1 — — — — USB adapter* Locally purchased ○...

  • Page 348: Features Of Control System

    (For details, refer to "Network convertor (UTY-VTGX)" on page 05-109.) – Can control Fujitsu mini-split and HFI models using a network convertor. (For details, refer "Network convertor (UTY-VTGX)" on page 05-109.) • System controller allows to control up to 4 VRF network systems (max. 1,600 indoor units), suitable huge scale application.

  • Page 349: Wiring System

    1-4. Wiring system • Wiring configuration of the control system is made of power source wiring, transmission wiring, and remote controller wiring. • Total wiring length (total length of transmission line) can be extended up to 11,811 ft (3,600 m) by using signal amplifier.

  • Page 350: Control Device Design Limitation

    1-5. Control device design limitation  Central control Maximum units number Necessary Central controller Connectable Manageable Connectable device units indoor units outdoor units 1,600 System controller UTY-APGXZ1 USB adapter 1/system (4 VRF (4 VRF networks) networks) System controller UTY-ALGXZ1 USB adapter 1/system (1 VRF (1 VRF...
  • Page 351  Individual control Individual controller Connectable units number Remarks Wireless remote UTY-LNHU controller Wired remote controller (Touch UTY-RNRUZ panel) Simple remote 4/Remote control group 2-wire type controller (With UTY-RSRY operation mode) Simple remote controller (Without UTY-RHRY operation mode) Wired remote UTY-RNKU controller Simple remote...

  • Page 352: Control Units

    2. Control units RELATED LINKS "Controllers" in Chapter 1. GENERAL INFORMATION on page 01-5 2-1. System controller (UTY-APGXZ1) This system realizes the advanced general monitoring & control of VRF system from small scale buildings to large scale buildings. • Maximum of 4 network systems, 1,600 indoor units can be controlled.
  • Page 353 ¢ System diagram • System controller may be used on site or remotely over various networks for remote central con- trol. • System controller consists of VRF Controller software and VRF Explorer software, both software are working together. • VRF Controller software runs in the background and communicate with VRF System. •...
  • Page 354 ¢ Software configuration VRF Controller VRF Explorer WHITE-USB-KEY UTY-APGXZ1 WHITE-USB-KEY unnecessary WHITE-USB-KEY UTY-PEGXZ1, UTY-PPGXP2 Local Site Remote Site Option (VRF network system side) (Monitoring center side) • Any number can be installed in remote site personal computers. – System controller (UTY-APGXZ1) can be installed in the local site PCs (VRF controller) con- nected to the VRF network system.
  • Page 355 ¢ Specification summary UTY-PEGXZ1 UTY-PPGXP2 Type Function UTY-APGXZ1 Remark (Option) (Option) Max. system controller per VRF network — — Site with up to 4 VRF networks may ad- Max. VRF networks supported — — ministrated with 1 system controller. System specification Max.

  • Page 356: System Controller Lite (Uty-Algxz1)

    2-2. System controller lite (UTY-ALGXZ1) System controller lite is advanced software of central controller for small and medium buildings. It can be supported by additional options such as electricity charge apportionment, remote monitoring, and energy saving in order to meet your demands. •...
  • Page 357 ¢ System diagram • System controller lite may be used on site or remotely over various networks for remote central control.* • System controller lite consists of VRF Controller software and VRF Explorer software, both soft- ware are working together. •...
  • Page 358 ¢ Software configuration VRF Controller VRF Explorer WHITE-USB-KEY UTY-ALGXZ1 WHITE-USB-KEY unnecessary WHITE-USB-KEY UTY-PLGXA2, UTY-PLGXR2, UTY-PLGXE2 UTY-PLGXP2, UTY-PLGXX2 Local Site Remote Site (VRF network system side) (Monitoring center side) Option • Any number can be installed in remote site personal computers. –...
  • Page 359 ¢ Other required devices (Locally purchased) • Personal computer that satisfies the following system requirements Personal computer system requirement • Microsoft Windows 7 Home Premium (32-bit or 64-bit) SP1 • Microsoft Windows 7 Professional (32-bit or 64-bit) SP1 • Microsoft Windows 8.1 (32-bit or 64-bit) •...
  • Page 360 ¢ Specification summary UTY- UTY- UTY- UTY- UTY- UTY-AL- Type Function PLGXA2 PLGXR2 PLGXE2 PLGXP2 PLGXX2 Remark GXZ1 (Option) (Option) (Option) (Option) (Option) Max. system controller per VRF network — — — — — Max. VRF networks supported — — —...

  • Page 361: Touch Panel Controller (Uty-Dtgyz1)

    2-3. Touch panel controller (UTY-DTGYZ1) • Large-sized 7.5 inch TFT color • LCD easy finger touch operation • Stylish shape and design to suit all application • No additional component is required for installation. • Up to 400 indoor units can be controlled. •...
  • Page 362 ¢ Available option Option Model name Remark Apportions the power used by indoor and outdoor units, and Electricity charge automatically calculation the electricity charge such as for UTY-PTGXA apportionment option hotels or multi-tenant buildings. Computation linked with an electric meter is also possible. •...
  • Page 363 ¢ Functions Item Main unit PC/Tablet Description Indoor unit registration. Max. 400 units. (Set data can be written to and read from USB flash Indoor unit registration ● — drive) Installation Function settings ● — Temperature set point limitation, external input, central operation on/off setting Display switching ●...
  • Page 364 ¢ State transition diagram Power ON Finish Indoor unit registration Installer setting ● Language setting ● Time zone setting ● Date and time setting ● Touch panel address setting ● Indoor unit registration ● Function settings of Touch Panel Controller Monitor &...
  • Page 365 ¢ Main functions and screen examples • Monitor display example An easy-to-use display mode can be selected. Easy-to understand GUI of adopted icon. Icon display List display • Operation mode setting example Large button is designed for easy to access. Operation setting screen Optional setting screen - (05-27) -...
  • Page 366 • Group setting Groups can be arbitrarily set in easy to manage units as shown in the figure. Control and monitoring are performed in these group units. Group: Hallway Group: 3F Group: Group: Division A Group: Division B Division C Touch Panel Group: 2F Controller...
  • Page 367 • System schedule timer Annual schedule can be set of a maximum 30 items. Schedule setting screen • History recording and display Error, status and operation histories can be recorded. Each recording can be also written to USB flash drive. –...
  • Page 368 ¢ Screen examples (for remote monitoring) • Monitor mode main screen example Icon display List display • Control main screen example Operation setting screen - (05-30) - 2-3. Touch panel controller (UTY-DTGYZ1) 2. Control units...
  • Page 369 ¢ Dimensions Unit: in (mm) Top view Touch pen 9-11/16 (246) 2-1/8 (54) Touch panel USB port Side view Front view Side view 7-13/16 (198) 2-5/8 (66) 2-Ø11/16 (17) Installation plate Rear view ¢ Mounting plate screw hole positions Unit: in (mm) 8-5/16 (211) 7-1/2 (190) 7-1/16 (180)
  • Page 370 ¢ Terminal names Names of connection terminals in rear cover. Power supply cable Transmission cable through hole connection terminals Transmission cable Power supply cable through hole connection terminals EXTERNAL INPUT TRANSMISSION POWER SUPPLY X1 X2 K1 K2 K1 K2 ORKS External input VRF L Power supply...
  • Page 371 ¢ Installation space When installing Touch panel controller in a row, keep the space shown below from the surrounding projecting parts. Unit: in (mm) 4 (100) or more 8 (200) 8 (200) 8 (200) or more or more or more Wall 4 (100) or more NOTE: The switch box that Touch panel controller is to be mounted to should be installed horizon-...
  • Page 372 ¢ Installation For details, refer to installation manual. Power supply cable Transmission cable Switch box Hole in wall Installation plate Power supply cable Screw Washer Screw LAN cable Transmission cable Touch pen tray Cable tie Harness Connection cable Rear view (a) LAN cable (b) LAN terminal (c) CF card...
  • Page 373 ¢ Specifications Power source voltage 1 Ø AC 100—240 Power source frequency 50/60 Input power Display 7.5-inch TFT color LCD (640 × 480 pixels), with touch panel LED indicator Power LED (Green) USB 2.0 Transmission line Ethernet port (Ethernet port is required for remote connection using Internet.) External interface External input: Either emergency stop, batch operation/stop, electricity meter...

  • Page 374: Central Remote Controller (Uty-Dcgy)

    2-4. Central remote controller (UTY-DCGY) • Individual control and monitor of 100 indoor units • 5-inch TFT color screen • User friendly view and easy operation • External input/output contact • Detachable power supply unit • Corresponds to 7 different languages. (English, Chinese, French, German, Spanish, Russian, and Polish) ¢...
  • Page 375 ¢ Overview LCD panel LED lamp [ CANCEL ] button Function buttons [ OK ] button [ Arrow ] button [ MENU ] button - (05-37) - 2-4. Central remote controller (UTY-DCGY) 2. Control units...
  • Page 376 ¢ Main functions and screen examples • Individual control On/Off, Mode, Set temp., Fan speed, Airflow direction, Anti freeze, and Economy. • Remote controller prohibition All, On/Off, Mode, Temp., Timer, and Filter. R.C prohibition setting prohibits individual remote control operation. •...
  • Page 377 • Error history – Able to memorize max. 200 errors. – Suitable maintenance is possible by analysis of the error history data. • Main screen display auto switching Main screen automatically switches at 5 steps by the number of connected indoor units. Step 1 to 9 10 to 20...
  • Page 378 ¢ Dimensions Unit: in (mm) • Control unit 1 (25.7) 6-3/8 (162) Front view Side view 4-5/8 (118) Rear view • Power supply unit 1-1/8 (29) 3-7/8 (99) Top view 1-13/16 1-13/16 (46) (46) 3/16 (5) 2-Ø3/16 (5) 1-9/16 (39.2) 5-5/16 (135) Front view Side view...
  • Page 379 ¢ Mounting plate screw hole positions Unit: in (mm) 1-13/16 1-13/16 (46) (46) 2-Ø3/16 (5) 3/16 (5) 5-5/16 (135) ¢ Terminal names • Control unit Rear panel connecting terminal DC +5 V (Red) Power supply DC 5 V (Black) (Green) Ground ORKS VRF L...
  • Page 380 ¢ Installation space Make a service space to perform installation work. Unit: in (mm) Service space ¢ Installation Setting pattern 1: Separate type Setting pattern 2: Integrated type Ceiling Power supply unit Power supply unit Wall Extension cable Control (Service parts) panel Wall Control panel...
  • Page 381 • Separate type Screw × 2 (Accessories) Screw × 2 Screw × 4 Screw × 2 (Accessories) Ceiling Screw × 2 Power unit cover One touch bush × 2 Holder Wall Cut out* Extension cable Cable tie × 2 (Service parts) Transmission cable Screw ×...
  • Page 382 • Integrated type For details, refer to the installation manual. Transmission cable Power supply cable One touch bush Cable tie Cable tie Screw x 6 (Accessories) Wall hole Power supply cable Relay connector One touch bush Screw x 4 Cable tie CN13 Connecting cable...
  • Page 383 ¢ Specifications Power source voltage 1 Ø AC 100—240 Power source frequency 50/60 Input power Display 5.0-inch TFT color LCD panel (QVCA) LED indicator Power LED (Green) Transmission line External input: Either emergency stop, batch operation/stop, electricity meter External interface (Either Dry contact or apply voltage can be selected.) External output: Operation state, error state Reset switch...

  • Page 384: Central Remote Controller (Uty-Dcgyz1)

    2-5. Central remote controller (UTY-DCGYZ1) • Individual control and monitor of 100 indoor units • 7-inch TFT color screen • High visibility and easy operation • External input/output contact • Corresponds to 12 different languages. (English, Spanish, Ger- man, French, Italian, Russian, Portuguese, Turkish, Polish, Greek, Dutch, and Chinese) ¢...
  • Page 385 ¢ Overview a Left menu (Always display) b Group or R.C.G. button c Group scroll button d Group expansion cancel button e R.C.G. scroll button f Menu button g Icon • Delete Deletes the currently displayed setting. • Copy Copies the currently displayed setting. •...
  • Page 386 ¢ Main functions and screen examples • Individual control On/Off, Mode, Set temp., Fan speed, Airflow direction, Anti freeze, and Economy. • Vertical and Horizontal airflow direction setting • Room temperature upper and lower limitation setting • Remote controller prohibition All, On/Off, Mode, Temp., Timer, and Filter.
  • Page 387 • Error history – Able to memorize max. 200 errors. – Suitable maintenance is possible by analysis of the error history data. ¢ Dimensions Unit: in (mm) 8-1/2 (216.2) 1-1/2 (37.9) 3-wiring hole 6-3/4 (171) 5/16 (8.4) 4-round hole 13/16 3/16 (21) (4.6)
  • Page 388 ¢ Terminal names Transmission line terminal name Power supply line terminal name No connection No connection N (L2) No connection No connection L (L1) Transmission cable Power supply cable Transmission cable Power supply cable Cable tie Cable tie ¢ Installation space Make a service space to perform installation work.
  • Page 389 ¢ Installation 1. Separate the rear case from the front case. Rear case Flat-blade screwdriver Slot × 6 Screw Front case Rear case Front case - (05-51) - 2-5. Central remote controller (UTY-DCGYZ1) 2. Control units...
  • Page 390 2. Install the rear case. • When cable is in the wall: Transmission cable Power supply cable Rear case Putty Trap Screws • When cable is in the wall (switch box is used): Transmission cable Switch box Power supply cable Rear case Screws •...
  • Page 391 3. Install the front case to the rear case. Rear case Front case Screw NOTE: For details, refer to the installation manual of the central remote controller. - (05-53) - 2-5. Central remote controller (UTY-DCGYZ1) 2. Control units...
  • Page 392 ¢ Specifications Power source voltage 1 Ø AC 100—240 Power source frequency 50/60 Input power Display 7.0-inch TFT color LCD panel (WVGA) LED indicator Power LED (Green) Transmission line External input: Either emergency stop, batch operation/stop, electricity meter External interface (Either Dry contact or apply voltage can be selected.) External output: Operation state, error state Wired LAN (100 BASE-TX)

  • Page 393: Wired Remote Controller (Touch Panel: Uty-Rnruz)

    2-6. Wired remote controller (Touch panel: UTY-RNRUZ) • Easy finger touch operation with LCD panel. • Built-in Weekly/Daily time (On/Off, Temp., Mode) • The backlit LCD enables easy operation in a dark room. Office Fri 10:00AM Mode Set Temp. • Room temperature display Cool 80°F...
  • Page 394 ¢ Overview a Remote temperature sensor (inside) b On/off button Operable only while displaying the “Monitor mode” screen. Office Fri 10:00AM Mode Set Temp. c LED lamp (operation indicator) 80°F Cool Custom Auto Auto Heat 74°F d Touch panel display Room Temp.
  • Page 395 ¢ System diagrams • Multiple remote control Up to 4 remote controllers can be used to operate the indoor units. I.U. I.U. I.U. I.U. Master Master Slave Master Slave Slave Master Slave Slave Slave A, B, C, D: Remote controller cable (For details of controller cable specifications, refer to "Con- troller cable"...
  • Page 396 ¢ Electrical wiring 1 remote controller: 2 remote controllers: Indoor unit Indoor unit When there is When there is a functional a functional grounding grounding Remote controller Remote controller Remote controller Group control: Indoor units When there is a functional grounding Remote controller ¢...
  • Page 397 ¢ Installation space • This product cannot be installed in wall. • Recommendation installation height of the remote controller is 1.4 m55 in (1.4 m) from the floor surface to the bottom of the remote controller. • Even when you install a remote controller to one of a switch box and the surface of a wall, secure the space shown in following figure.
  • Page 398 • Pattern B 1. Use a tool to cut off the terminal on the end of the remote controller cable, and then remove the insulation from the cut end of the cable as shown below. 13/16 in (20 mm) Remote controller cable (Non-polar) 2.
  • Page 399 ¢ Specifications Input voltage DC 12 Power consumption Max. 0.3 Display 3.8-inch FSTN LCD (255 × 160 dots) with touch panel Usage temperature range °F (°C) 32 to 104 (0 to 40) Usage humidity range 20 to 90 (no condensation) Storage temperature range °F (°C) 14 to 140 (-10 to 60)

  • Page 400: Wired Remote Controller (Uty-Rnku)

    2-7. Wired remote controller (UTY-RNKU) • Various time setup available (ON/OFF/WEEKLY) • Equipped with weekly timer as standard function (Start/Stop function is twice per day for a week.) • When setting up a time, start/stop, and the temperature setup can be changed. SET TEMP.
  • Page 401 ¢ Overview a START/STOP button Starts and stops operation. b SET TEMP. button Selects the setting temperature. c MODE button Selects the operating mode (AUTO , HEAT ,FAN COOL , and DRY d FAN button Selects the fan speed AUTO , LOW , MED and HIGH...
  • Page 402 ¢ System diagram 1 remote controller: 2 remote controllers: Indoor unit Indoor unit A, B, C: Remote controller cable A ≤ 1,640 ft (500 m);B + C ≤ 1,640 ft (500 Primary Secondary Remote controller Remote controllers ¢ Electrical wiring 1 remote controller: 2 remote controllers: Indoor unit...
  • Page 403 ¢ Installation • Connection pattern NOTE: Connection pattern is different according to type of Indoor unit. Indoor unit type Connection pattern All cassette type All duct type All floor type Pattern A Floor/Ceiling type All ceiling type All wall mounted type Pattern B •...
  • Page 404 • Pattern B 1. Use a tool to cut off the terminal on the end of the remote controller cable, and then remove the insulation from the cut end of the cable as shown below. 13/16 in (20 mm) Remote controller cable 2.

  • Page 405: Simple Remote Controller (With Operation Mode: Uty-Rsry)

    2-8. Simple remote controller (With operation mode: UTY- RSRY) • Easy operation • Stylish design • Large LCD screen and simple operation buttons • Built-in background light function • Easy installation with a slim shape with no bulge in the back. •...
  • Page 406 ¢ Overview a LED lamp Lights during operation. b Louver button Adjusts the airflow direction. c START/STOP button Starts and stops operation. d FAN control button Switches the fan speed as follows: Auto Quiet High e Room temperature sensor (inside) Display panel Senses ambient temperature of unit.
  • Page 407 ¢ System diagrams • 1 remote controller Indoor unit Remote controller • 4 remote controllers Indoor unit Master Slave Slave Slave Remote controllers NOTES: • A, B, C, D, E: Remote controller cable (For details of controller cable specifications, refer to "Controller cable"...
  • Page 408 ¢ Dimensions Unit: in (mm) 1-3/16 1-3/16 (30.0) (30.0) Hole: 3/8 × 3/16 (9 × 4.5) 2-15/16(75) (23.0) (19) Hole: 1/4 × 3/16 Hole: 1/2 × 3/16 (6 × 4.5) (12.5 × 4.5) Front View Side View Rear View ¢ Installation •...
  • Page 409 • Pattern B 1. Use a tool to cut off the terminal on the end of the remote controller cable, and then remove the insulation from the cut end of the cable as shown below. 13/16 in (20 mm) Remote controller cable (Non-polar) 2.

  • Page 410: Simple Remote Controller (With Operation Mode: Uty-Rsku)

    2-9. Simple remote controller (With operation mode: UTY- RSKU) • Easy operation • Built-in background light function • Easy installation with a slim shape with no bulge in the back. • Error history (Last 16 error codes can be accessed.) •...
  • Page 411 ¢ Overview a START/STOP button Starts and stops operation. b Display backlight button Lights during operation. c Operation lamp Lights during operation. d FAN button Selects the fan speed (AUTO , MED , LOW and QUIET ). e SET TEMP. button Selects the setting temperature.
  • Page 412 ¢ System diagram 1 remote controller: 2 remote controllers: Indoor unit Indoor unit A, B, C: Remote controller cable A ≤ 1,640 ft (500 m);B + C ≤ 1,640 ft (500 Primary Secondary Remote controller Remote controllers ¢ Electrical wiring 1 remote controller: 2 remote controllers: Indoor unit...
  • Page 413 ¢ Installation • Connection pattern NOTE: Connection pattern is different according to type of Indoor unit. Indoor unit type Connection pattern All cassette type All duct type All floor type Pattern A Floor/Ceiling type All ceiling type All wall mounted type Pattern B •...
  • Page 414 • Pattern B 1. Use a tool to cut off the terminal on the end of the remote controller cable, and then remove the insulation from the cut end of the cable as shown below. 13/16 in (20 mm) Remote controller cable 2.

  • Page 415: Simple Remote Controller (Without Operation Mode: Uty-Rhry)

    2-10. Simple remote controller (Without operation mode: UTY- RHRY) • Easy operation • Stylish design • Large LCD screen and simple operation buttons • Built-in background light function • Easy installation with a slim shape with no bulge in the back. •...
  • Page 416 ¢ Overview a LED lamp Lights during operation. b Louver button Adjusts the airflow direction. c START/STOP button Starts and stops operation. d FAN control button Switches the fan speed as follows: Auto Quiet High e Room temperature sensor (inside) Display panel Senses ambient temperature of unit.
  • Page 417 ¢ System diagrams • 1 remote controller Indoor unit Remote controller • 4 remote controllers Indoor unit Master Slave Slave Slave Remote controllers NOTES: • A, B, C, D, E: Remote controller cable (For details of controller cable specifications, refer to "Controller cable"...
  • Page 418 ¢ Dimensions Unit: in (mm) 1-3/16 1-3/16 (30.0) (30.0) Hole: 3/8 × 3/16 (9 × 4.5) 2-15/16(75) (23.0) (19) Hole: 1/4 × 3/16 Hole: 1/2 × 3/16 (6 × 4.5) (12.5 × 4.5) Front View Side View Rear View ¢ Installation •...
  • Page 419 • Pattern B 1. Use a tool to cut off the terminal on the end of the remote controller cable, and then remove the insulation from the cut end of the cable as shown below. 13/16 in (20 mm) Remote controller cable (Non-polar) 2.

  • Page 420: Simple Remote Controller (Without Operation Mode: Uty-Rhku)

    2-11. Simple remote controller (Without operation mode: UTY- RHKU) • Easy operation • Built-in background light function • Easy installation with a slim shape with no bulge in the back. • Error history (Last 16 error codes can be accessed.) •...
  • Page 421 ¢ Overview a START/STOP button Starts and stops operation. b Display backlight button Lights during operation. c Operation lamp Lights during operation. d FAN button Selects the fan speed (AUTO , MED , LOW and QUIET ). e SET TEMP. button Selects the setting temperature.
  • Page 422 ¢ System diagram 1 remote controller: 2 remote controllers: Indoor unit Indoor unit A, B, C: Remote controller cable A ≤ 1,640 ft (500 m);B + C ≤ 1,640 ft (500 Primary Secondary Remote controller Remote controllers ¢ Electrical wiring 1 remote controller: 2 remote controllers: Indoor unit...
  • Page 423 ¢ Installation • Connection pattern NOTE: Connection pattern is different according to type of Indoor unit. Indoor unit type Connection pattern All cassette type All duct type All floor type Pattern A Floor/Ceiling type All ceiling type All wall mounted type Pattern B •...
  • Page 424 • Pattern B 1. Use a tool to cut off the terminal on the end of the remote controller cable, and then remove the insulation from the cut end of the cable as shown below. 13/16 in (20 mm) Remote controller cable 2.

  • Page 425: Wireless Remote Controller (Uty-Lnhu)

    2-12. Wireless remote controller (UTY-LNHU) • 4 mode time setup available (On/Off/Program/Sleep). • Up to 16 indoor units connected within the remote controller group can be simultaneously controlled. • Can be used jointly with wired remote controllers. • Easy to change custom code (max 4 codes) ¢...
  • Page 426 ¢ Overview a FAN button Selects the fan speed (AUTO, HIGH, MED, and LOW). b START/STOP button Starts and stops operation. c SET button (vertical) Adjusts the vertical airflow direction. d SET button (horizontal) Adjusts the horizontal airflow direction. e SWING button Sets the automatic swing operation and selects swing mode (Up/down, Left/right, Up/down/left/right, and Stop swing).
  • Page 427 ¢ System diagrams Signal receiver window Signal transmitter • Control signal might not be recognized in following cases: – A curtain or wall, etc. exists between transmitter and receiver. – There is an instant-start type (inverter type, etc.) fluorescent lamp in the room. •...
  • Page 428 ¢ Dimensions Unit: in (mm) • Controller Top view 3/4 (19) 2-3/16 (56) Front view Side view Rear view • Holder 2-3/8 (60) 1-3/16 (30) Ø1/8 (3.5) (hole) 1/8 × 1/4 (3.5 × 6.5) (hole) 1-1/16 (26) Front view Side view Bottom view ¢...

  • Page 429: Ir Receiver Unit (Utb-Ywc)

    2-13. IR receiver unit (UTB-YWC) Duct type indoor unit can be controlled with Wireless remote con- troller if the IR receiver unit is used. ¢ Accessory Name and shape Q’ty Application For receiver unit Cover For receiver unit Insulation Small: 1 For receiver unit Medium: 1 Cable tie...
  • Page 430 ¢ Overview OPERATION LAMP (GREEN) TIMER LAMP (ORANGE) FILTER SIGN (RED) MANUAL AUTO SIGNAL RECEIVER ¢ System diagrams • Attachment range *1: Connection cable length L – Cable A (Standard accessory): 16 ft (5 m) – Cable C (Optional service part): 33 ft (10 m) •...
  • Page 431 ¢ Electrical wiring Indoor unit control box Connected to PC board *2 Connection cable A 2-3/8 × 4-3/4 in [L = 16 ft (5 m)]... Standard accessory (60 × 120 mm) Connection cable C hole [L = 33 ft (10 m)]... Optional service parts Connection cable [L = 5-7/8 in (150 mm)] Accessory *1...

  • Page 432: Ir Receiver Unit (Uty-Trhx)

    2-14. IR receiver unit (UTY-TRHX) 3D flow cassette type and Duct type indoor unit can be controlled with Wireless remote controller if the IR receiver unit is used. ¢ Accessory Name and shape Q’ty Application For receiver unit Cover For receiver unit Insulation Small: 1 For receiver unit...
  • Page 433 ¢ Overview OPERATION LAMP (GREEN) TIMER LAMP (ORANGE) FILTER SIGN (RED) MANUAL AUTO SIGNAL RECEIVER ¢ System diagrams • Attachment range *1: Connection cable length L – Cable A (Standard accessory): 16 ft (5 m) – Cable C (Optional service part): 33 ft (10 m) •...
  • Page 434 ¢ Electrical wiring Indoor unit control box Connected to PCB *² Connection cable A (L = 16 ft [5 m]): Standard accessory Connection cable C (L = 32 ft [10 m]): Optional service parts   2-3/8 × 4-3/4 in Connection cable (60 ×...

  • Page 435: Ir Receiver Unit (For Cassette Type: Uty-Lrhyb1)

    2-15. IR receiver unit (For cassette type: UTY-LRHYB1) Cassette type indoor unit can be controlled with Wireless remote controller if the IR receiver unit is used. ¢ Accessory Name and shape Q’ty Application For preventing receiver from falling down Strap Installation manual ¢...
  • Page 436 ¢ Electrical wiring Indoor unit (Cassette type) Connected to CN18 of PCB Wiring hole Wire from IR Receiver unit IR Receiver unit ¢ Dimensions Unit: in (mm) 7-5/8 (193.9) 1-1/4 (31.2) Front View Side View ¢ Specifications Dimensions (H × W × D) in (mm) 7-5/8 ×...

  • Page 437: Ir Receiver Unit (For Circular Flow Cassette Type: Uty-Lbhxd)

    2-16. IR receiver unit (For circular flow cassette type: UTY- LBHXD) Cassette type indoor unit can be controlled with Wireless remote controller if the IR receiver unit is used. ¢ Accessory Name and shape Q’ty Application For preventing receiver from falling down Strap For electrical wiring Cable tie...
  • Page 438 ¢ Dimensions Unit: in (mm) 6-1/2 (164.5) (22.6) Front View Side View ¢ Specifications Dimensions (H × W × D) in (mm) 6-1/2 × 6-1/2 × 7/8 (164.5 × 164.5 × 22.6) Weight oz (g) 4 (110) - (05-100) - 2-16.

  • Page 439: Human Sensor Kit (For Circular Flow Cassette Type: Uty-Shzxc)

    2-17. Human sensor kit (For circular flow cassette type: UTY- SHZXC) Motion sensor save operation catches the movements of people for wide area and operation stop is also judged automatically. ¢ Accessory Name and shape Q’ty Application For binding wires Cable tie For preventing human sensor from falling down Strap...
  • Page 440 ¢ Electrical wiring Wire from Human sensor unit Strap Hook Attach the corner plate Strap firmly in 5 places ¢ Dimensions Unit: in (mm) 6-1/2 1-1/16 (164.5) (27.5) Front View Side View ¢ Specifications Dimensions (H × W × D) in (mm) 6-1/2 ×...

  • Page 441: Remote Sensor Unit (Uty-Xszx)

    2-18. Remote sensor unit (UTY-XSZX) The remote sensor unit allows for flexible temperature sensing for optimum temperature control. ¢ Accessory Name and shape Q’ty Name and shape Q’ty Cable (33 ft [10 m]) Installation manual Screw (M4 × 10 mm) Cord clamp Screw (M4 ×...
  • Page 442 ¢ Installation Unit: in (mm) • When the cable is attached to the wall: – Remove the material covering the wiring penetration (thin material) in the cover of the sensor unit with a pair of cutters. The cable passes through this hole. –...

  • Page 443: Group Control Method

    2-19. Group control method ¢ Remote controller group Wired, Simple, and Wireless remote controllers can be used simultaneously in the following combi- nations. Examples of combination for remote controller group: Without Remote Controller ........Max 16 indoor units Connectable indoor unit number: 1 to 16 Connectable remote controller number: 0 to 2 NOTES:...
  • Page 444 ¢ Group This function is used when operating a multiple number of remote controller group at a time from System controller, Touch panel controller, or Central remote controller. Example: Refrigerant system 1 Heat Recovery system Refrigerant system 2 Heat pump system System controller...

  • Page 445: Comparison Table Of Controllers

    2-20. Comparison table of controllers • Central control System controller Touch panel con- Item System controller Central remote controller lite troller Model UTY-APGXZ1 UTY-ALGXZ1 UTY-DTGYZ1 UTY-DCGY UTY-DCGYZ1 Max. controllable remote controller groups 1,600 Max controllable indoor units 1,600 Max controllable groups 1,600 Air conditioning control function On/Off...
  • Page 446 • Individual control Wired remote controller Wired remote con- Simple remote con- Simple remote con- Wireless remote Item (Touch panel) troller troller controller troller* UTY-RSRY UTY-RHRY Model UTY-RNRUZ UTY-RNKU UTY-LNHU (UTY-RSKU) (UTY-RHKU) Max. controllable remote controller groups Max controllable indoor units Max controllable groups —...

  • Page 447: Adaptor/Convertor Units

    3. Adaptor/Convertor units RELATED LINKS "Adapter/Convertor/Maintenance tool" in Chapter 1. GENERAL INFORMATION on page 01-8 3-1. Network convertor (UTY-VTGX) • With this Network convertor, single split type and multi system air conditioners can be controlled by System controller, Touch panel controller, Central remote controller in VRF network sys- tem or by Wired remote controller connected to the Network convertor.
  • Page 448 ¢ System diagram Group of Single Split System* Single Split System To outdoor VRF system units Multi System* (2 to 4 rooms multi ) Multi System* (8 rooms multi) Outdoor unit for Outdoor unit for Branch single split / multi system Multi system Wired remote Touch panel...
  • Page 449 ¢ Electrical wiring • For non-polar 2 wire Transmission cable Wired remote controller Indoor unit Max. 1 unit Max. 16 units Network convertor • For polar 3 wire Transmission cable Wired remote controller Indoor unit SET TEMP. START/STOP Max. 16 units Max.
  • Page 450 ¢ Limited wiring length • For non polar 2-wire Up to 4 remote controllers can be used to operate the indoor units. Indoor unit Network convertor A, B, C, D, E: Remote controller cable (For details of controller cable specifications, refer to "Con- troller cable"...
  • Page 451 ¢ Connectable remote controllers 3 types of wired remote controller shown in the table below can be connected to this product. This product is connectable to indoor units that following wired remote controllers can be connected. Model name RC number Type AR-WEA...
  • Page 452 ¢ Dimensions Unit: in (mm) 3-Ø3/16 (4.5) 1-11/16 (43) For M4 × 16 mm 4-5/8 (117) screws 2-Ø3/8 (10) For code (> Ø1/4 (7)) Hole: 2-Ø1/4 (7) For code (≤ Ø1/4 (7)) 2-Ø5/16 (8) For code (> Ø3/16 (5)) Hole: 2-Ø3/16 (5) For code (≤...

  • Page 453: Network Convertor (Uty-Vggxz1)

    3-2. Network convertor (UTY-VGGXZ1) • With this Network convertor, single split type and multi system air condition- ers can be controlled by System controller, Touch panel controller, Central remote controller in VRF network system or by Wired remote controller con- nected to the Network convertor.
  • Page 454 ¢ System diagram • For connecting single split type system Group of Single Split System* Single Split System To outdoor VRF system units Multi System* (2 to 4 rooms multi ) Multi System* (8 rooms multi) Outdoor unit for Outdoor unit for Branch single split / multi system Multi system...
  • Page 455 NOTES: • Do not bind the power cable and the remote controller cable to avoid erroneous operation. • Use shielded cable for transmission line and remote controller line. The shielded metal should be grounded. • Use ground wire to ground the Network convertor. - (05-117) - 3-2.
  • Page 456 ¢ Applicable models  Connectable remote controllers In the case of connecting single split type system, Wireless remote controller cannot be connected to this product. 3 types of wired remote controller shown in the table below can be connected to this product. Model name RC number UTB-UUB...
  • Page 457 ¢ Functions Start/Stop Timer setting Temperature control Fan control Central control Operation mode (Lock the remote controller functions) ¢ Dimensions Unit: in (mm) Ø1-1/8 (28) Ø1-1/8 (28) For dust proof bushing 3-1/2 (89.5) 3-1/2 (89.5) For dust proof bushing 2-Ø3/16 (5) For M4 ×...

  • Page 458: Network Convertor For Lonworks (Uty-Vlgx)

    3-3. Network convertor for LonWorks (UTY-VLGX) • The convertor for connecting VRF network system to the BMS system built by LonWorks open network, for manage small to medium sized BMS and VRF network system. • Maximum of 128 indoor units can be connected to one Network convertor for LonWorks.
  • Page 459 ¢ System diagram • Proper system diagram Maximum 100 outdoor units Network convertor Maximum 128 for LonWorks indoor units (UTY-VLGX) General purpose building control computer (LonWorks device) LonWorks Maximum 100 network outdoor units Network convertor Maximum 128 for LonWorks indoor units (UTY-VLGX) Lighting facilities...
  • Page 460 • Improper system diagram – Example 1 (Prohibited) Maximum 100 outdoor units Network convertor Maximum 128 for LonWorks indoor units (UTY-VLGX) LonWorks network VRF network system 1 Maximum 100 outdoor units Network convertor Maximum 128 for LonWorks indoor units (UTY-VLGX) VRF network system 2 –...
  • Page 461 ¢ Component location of PCB PC control VRF service switch DC 12V IN port (SW 1) BMS network Jumper for connection port Battery On/Off VRF network connection port RESET switch MODE switch SET switch BMS service switch (SW 7) (SW 3) (SW 4) (SW 2) ¢...
  • Page 462 ¢ Functions • Indoor unit control – Individual control Commands from LonWorks network are sent to the respective indoor units. (LonWorks network → respective indoor units of VRF network) – Batch control Commands from LonWorks network are sent to all indoor units connected to VRF network. (LonWorks network →...
  • Page 463 • For detailed information, refer to the interface specification posted on “Service & Supports” page of the web site. https://www.fujitsu-general.com/global/support/ • *1: To protect the compressor of the outdoor unit, carefully read and understand the following caution that may affect the operation of compressor before executing the setting.
  • Page 464 ¢ Dimensions Unit: in (mm) Ø1-1/8 (28) Ø1-1/8 (28) For dust proof bushing For dust proof bushing 3-1/2 (89.5) 3-1/2 (89.5) 2-Ø3/16 (5) For M4 × 20 mm screws Ø7/8 (22) For conduit 9-1/2 (241.6) 10-11/16 (272) Hole pitch 2-5/8 (67) 11-5/16 (288) 4-Ø3/16 (5) For M4 ×...
  • Page 465 Making XIF of Network Convertor using a Tool Binding VRF with BMS for network convertor (Software) provided by (By Network Integrator) Fujitsu General. (Job is done by Network Integrator) - (05-127) - 3-3. Network convertor for LonWorks (UTY-VLGX) 3. Adaptor/Convertor units...
  • Page 466 ¢ Simple procedure for create XIF and register data to Network convertor for LonWorks Important Network convertor will not operate if, • VRF network system address (Outdoor and Indoor units address) allocation information are not registered to Network convertor. • XIF data information and VRF network system address allocation information must not be the same.

  • Page 467: Modbus Convertor For Vrf (Uty-Vmgx)

    3-4. Modbus convertor for VRF (UTY-VMGX) The convertor for connecting VRF network system to the BMS system built by Modbus open network, for manage small to medium sized BMS and VRF net- work system. ¢ Accessory Name and shape Q’ty Application For mounting the power supply cable and transmission cable...
  • Page 468 ¢ System diagram • Proper system diagram Maximum 100 outdoor units Maximum 128 Modbus indoor units convertor (UTY-VMGX) General purpose Modbus master unit (Modbus device) Modbus Maximum 100 network outdoor units Modbus Maximum 128 convertor indoor units (UTY-VMGX) Lighting facilities Security system Automatic fire...
  • Page 469 ¢ Component location of PCB Modbus Network VRF Network connection port connection port Modbus terminal VRF terminal resister resister switch (SET7-4) switch (SET2-1) Modbus communication Test run switch (SET2-3) baud rate switch (SET6-4) Scan switch (SET2-4) Modbus communication parity switch (SET6-3) Modbus communication Convertor address stop bit switch (SET6-2)
  • Page 470  Control and monitoring items Item Function Description Start/Stop operation On/Off Command* Operation mode setting Cooling/Heating/Auto/Fan/Dry Temperature setting Set room temperature Airflow mode setting Set airflow Set room temperature lower limit & room Set point temperature limit Setting temperature upper limit Thermostat off (Only one controller in VRF Indoor unit Thermostat off setting*...
  • Page 471 • For detailed information, refer to the interface specification posted on “Service & Supports” page of the web site. https://www.fujitsu-general.com/global/support/ • *1: To protect the compressor of the outdoor unit, carefully read and understand the following caution that may affect the operation of compressor before executing the setting.
  • Page 472 ¢ Dimensions Unit: in (mm) 3/8 (10) 3/16 × 13/16 = 3-1/8 (4 × 20 = 80) 2-11/16 (69) Hole pitch Ø7/8 (22) For conduit 5-Ø1/2 (13) For dust proof bushing 2-Ø3/16 (5) For M4 × 16 mm screws 8-7/8 (225) 2-1/8 (54) 9-1/2 (241) Hole pitch...
  • Page 473 ¢ Simple procedure for register data to Modbus convertor for VRF Important Modbus convertor for VRF will not operate, if VRF network system address (outdoor and indoor units address) allocation information are not registered to Modbus convertor for VRF. Address initial settings are 3 methods as follows: ...

  • Page 474: Thermostat Convertor (Uty-Ttrx)

    3-5. Thermostat convertor (UTY-TTRX) • This product can control Fujitsu General products using a third-party ther- mostat controller. • Up to 16 indoor units can be connected with one thermostat convertor. ¢ Accessory Name and shape Q’ty Application For mounting the Thermostat convertor Screw (M4 ×...
  • Page 475 ¢ Electrical wiring Connection method differs by the type of thermostat controller. • Two-stage cooling and heating Example: Remote controller for 3-wire type Thermostat controller AC 24 V Indoor unit Max. 16 units Thermostat convertor AC 24 V Transformer* (Locally purchased) AC 208/230 V *: Install the transformer as necessary, per building code and manufacturer’s installation instruc- tions.
  • Page 476 • Single-stage cooling and heating with dedicated fan speed relays Thermostat controller Indoor unit AC 24 V Max. 16 units Thermostat convertor AC 24 V Transformer* (Locally purchased) AC 208/230 V *: Install the transformer as necessary, per building code and manufacturer’s installation instruc- tions.
  • Page 477 ¢ Functions Function Remarks Operation mode setting Cooling, Heating, Fan Fan speed setting HIGH, MED, LOW, AUTO Air conditioning control function Stage 1 (Cooling), Stage 1 (Heating) Temperature setting Stage 2 (Cooling), Stage 2 (Heating) Communication error detection Indoor unit error monitoring Maintenance Control target error indication function...
  • Page 478 ¢ Dimensions Unit: in (mm) 3-7/16 (86.7) Front view 1-1/16 (27) 1/4 (7) 2-7/8 (72.7) Rear view Side view ¢ Specifications Maximum connectable indoor unit number Input power Operating °F (°C) 32 to 114 (0 to 46) Temperature Packaged °F (°C) 14 to 140 (-10 to 60) 0 to 95 (RH) Humidity...
  • Page 479 ¢ LED display • Normal code LED1 LED2 LED3 LED4 Contents (Green) (Orange) (Red) (Blue) ● ● During initialization sequence Normally operating ●: 1 s On/1 s Off • Error code LED1 LED2 LED3 LED4 Contents (Green) (Orange) (Red) (Blue) ●...

  • Page 480: Bacnet Gateway (Hardware: Uty-Vbgx)

    3-6. BACnet gateway (Hardware: UTY-VBGX) • The convertor for connecting VRF network system to the BMS system us- ing BACnet protocol. • Maximum of 128 indoor units can be connected to one BACnet gateway. • VRF system can be centrally controlled or monitored by BMS via BACnet gateway (UTY-VBGX).
  • Page 481 ¢ System diagram Maximum 4 network BACnet gateway (UTY-VBGX) Maximum 100 outdoor units Maximum 128 BACnet gateway indoor units (UTY-VBGX) General purpose building control computer (BACnet gateway device) LonWorks VRF system 1 network Maximum 100 outdoor units Maximum 128 BACnet gateway indoor units (UTY-VBGX) Lighting...
  • Page 482 ¢ Component location of PCB VRF Network connection port (BACnet ) AC power fuse BMS Network connection port (Ethernet) Battery for clock Power LED Error LED PC connection port (USB) NOTE: Ensure proper space for all connectors when mounted. CAUTION Risk of explosion if battery is replaced by an incorrect type.
  • Page 483 ¢ Configuration procedure The following procedures presume that all VRF indoor/outdoor units are commissioned and opera- tional, and that BACnet network toward the BMS workstation is operational. Turn on the device. Power supply working with any of the voltage range allowed is necessary. Once connected the LED power will turn on.
  • Page 484 ¢ Electrical wiring 1Φ 50/60 Hz General purpose building control computer 208-240 V (BMS) Switch Transmission cable Fuse (1.25 A) Power supply cable BACnet gateway Indoor unit RJ45 B SGND Transmission cable Outdoor unit Indoor unit Master or Slave Outdoor unit BACnet gateway Power supply BACnet gateway...
  • Page 485  Control and monitoring items with object types Category BACnet object Function name Remarks Target Monitor Control type* — ○ Operation setting* Operation mode — ○ Temperature setting — ○ Fan speed — ○ R/C prohibition — ○ Gateway ○ —...
  • Page 486 NOTES: • For detailed information, refer to the instruction manual posted on “Service & Supports” page of the web site. https://www.fujitsu-general.com/global/support/ • *1: BACnet object type – BI: OBJECT_BINARY_INPUT – BO: OBJECT_BINARY_OUTPUT – MI: OBJECT_MULTISTATE_INPUT – MO: OBJECT_MULTISTATE_OUTPUT – AI: OBJECT_ANALOG_INPUT –...
  • Page 487 ¢ Dimensions Unit: in (mm) 10-5/8 (270.4) R2.5 8-7/8 (225.4) 8-11/16 (220) 15/16 (23.3) 1 (25.2) ¢ Specifications Power supply 1 Ø AC 208—240 Power source frequency 50/60 Input power Operating °F (°C) 32 to 114.8 (0 to 46) Temperature Packaged °F (°C) 14 to 140 (-10 to 60)

  • Page 488: Bacnet Gateway (Software: Uty-Abgxz1)

    3-7. BACnet gateway (Software: UTY-ABGXZ1) • It is possible to connect medium to large sized BMS to VRF network system via BACnet, a global standard for open networks. • A Maximum of 1,600 indoor units with 4 VRF network systems (a maximum of 400 indoor units and 100 outdoor units for one network system) can be connected to one BACnet gateway.
  • Page 489 ¢ System diagram BACnet Operator Workstation (B-OWS) PC Hardware (locally purchased) USB port LAN port VRF network system 1 USB adaptor (locally purchased) BACnet Lighting facilities USB adaptor VRF network system 2 Security (locally purchased) (UTY-ABGXZ1) system Automatic fire alarm interface USB adaptor Ventilation (locally purchased)
  • Page 490  BACnet object list • Type: Indoor Unit BACnet object Function name Inactive Active Code (II) type Text-1 Text-2 Text-3 Text-4 Text-5 Text-6 Text-7 Set temp. status °F Space temp. °F Auto temp. (Low limit status) °F Auto temp. (High limit status) °F Cool/Dry temp.
  • Page 491 • Type: Gateway Unit BACnet object Function name Inactive Active Code (II) type Text-1 Text-2 Text-3 Text-4 Text-5 Text-6 Device — Device information Lon network adapter error status Normal Abnormal Gateway status error Normal Abnormal ES status Not used Energy saving ES setting Not used Energy saving...
  • Page 492 ¢ Installation procedure Before installation, connect between the VRF network system and the USB adapter. For details of installation, refer to the instruction manual. Brief installation steps are follows: Install an appropriate driver for the USB adapter to the PC. In this step, do not connect the USB adapter to the PC.

  • Page 493: Signal Amplifier (Uty-Vsgxz1)

    3-8. Signal amplifier (UTY-VSGXZ1) If the total length of transmission cable exceeds 1,640 ft (500 m), or the number of the elements ex- ceeds 64 units, Signal amplifier will be required. • Transmission cable length can be extended up to 11,811 ft (3,600 m) with multiple Signal amplifier.
  • Page 494 ¢ Electrical wiring • Except in the case of V and S series (indoor units is installed 320 units or less) Fuse (3 A) 1Ø 50 Hz Network Network 220-240 V segment B segment A Switch Signal amplifier Indoor unit Indoor unit NO HIGH VOLTAGE TRANS-...
  • Page 495 • Case of VR-II (321 or more indoor units are installed) Signal amplifier (Filter mode: Off) 1Ø 50/60 Hz 208-240 V Fuse (3 A) Terminal resistor* Switch (Disconnect switch) Other RB unit RB unit or indoor unit Refrigerant system 1 Segment 1 Segment 2 Outdoor unit...
  • Page 496 • Filter mode setting Set the filter mode to suppress an increase of the amount of communication information in the Heat recovery system. – Filter mode is turned on by inserting the accessory connecting wire at the CN4 connector on the PCB.
  • Page 497 ¢ Specifications Power supply 1 Ø AC 208—240 Power source frequency 50/60 Input power Operating °F (°C) 32 to 114.8 (0 to 46) Temperature Packaged °F (°C) 14 to 140 (-10 to 60) 0 to 95 (RH) Humidity Packaged No condensation Dimensions (H ×...

  • Page 498: External Switch Controller (Uty-Terx)

    3-9. External switch controller (UTY-TERX) • Switching of air conditioner settings can be performed using an External switch controller and a third-party device. • On/Off, temperature, fan speed, operating mode, and remote controller pro- hibition mode can be switched using external device, such as a room card- key.
  • Page 499 ¢ Electrical wiring • For non-polar 2 wire External input cable Remote controller cable Remote REMOTE EXIN2 EXIN1 Controller Cord CONTROL External switch controller Indoor unit • For polar 3 wire External input cable Remote controller cable Remote REMOTE EXIN2 EXIN1 Controller Cord CONTROL...
  • Page 500 • Connection to external contacts • Select low current use contacts (usable at DC 5 V, 2 mA or less). • Short circuit detection resistance (R on): ≤ 500 Ω • Open circuit detection resistance (R off): ≥ 100 kΩ •...
  • Page 501 ¢ Dimensions Unit: in (mm) 3-Ø3/16 (4.5) 1-11/16 (43) For M4 × 16 mm 4-5/8 (117) screws 2-Ø3/8 (10) For code (> Ø1/4 (7)) Hole: 2-Ø1/4 (7) For code (≤ Ø1/4 (7)) 2-Ø5/16 (8) For code (> Ø3/16 (5)) Hole: 2-Ø3/16 (5) For code (≤...
  • Page 502 ¢ Installation • When connecting to the connector – For non-polar 2 wire 1. Use a tool to cut off the terminal on the end of the remote controller cable, and then re- move the insulation from the cut end of the cable as shown below. 13/16 in (20 mm) Remote controller cable...
  • Page 503 – For polar 3 wire 1. Use a tool to cut off the terminal on the end of the remote controller cable, and then re- move the insulation from the cut end of the cable as shown below. 13/16 in (20 mm) Remote controller cable 2.
  • Page 504 • When connecting to the exclusive terminal block – For non-polar 2 wire 1. Connect the end of remote controller cable directly to the exclusive terminal block. 2. Set the DIP switch (SW1) to “2WIRE” on the PCB of the indoor unit. Terminal block Functional earthing (If necessary)
  • Page 505 ¢ Specifications Input power Operating °C 32 to 114.8 (0 to 46) Temperature Packaged °C 14 to 140 (-10 to 60) 0 to 95 (RH) Humidity Packaged No condensation Dimensions (H × W × D) 1-11/16 × 4-5/8 × 5-1/2 (43 × 117 × 140) Weight oz (g) 9 (250)
  • Page 506 ¢ Example • Controlling the individual operation status with two external contact switch Setting Wiring Operation example P1: On, Cool, 80 °F (26 °C) P2: Off Mode 0 Indoor unit SW1 On P1: Arbitrary operation state Contact Off → On External SW2 On SW controller...
  • Page 507 • Operates when the external contact switch is turned on, and returns to the original opera- tion state when the switch is turned off. Setting Wiring Operation example Mode1, P1: Setback P2: On, Cool, 80 °F (26 °C) SW1 On Mode 1 or 0 Indoor unit P1: Setback...

  • Page 508: External Switch Controller (Uty-Tekx)

    3-10. External switch controller (UTY-TEKX) • Air conditioner switching can be controlled by connecting other sensor switches. • On/Off, temperature, fan speed, operating mode can be switched in combi- nation with card-key switches equipped in facilities such as hotel rooms. •...
  • Page 509 ¢ Electrical wiring External input cable Remote controller cable Remote Remote External input controller cord control External switch controller Indoor unit *Connect SW2 only when it is used. Connection to external contacts Dry contact External contact SW 1 • Open circuit voltage: 12 V ± 2 V External contact SW 2 •...
  • Page 510 ¢ Installation • Connection pattern NOTE: Connection pattern is different according to type of Indoor unit. Indoor unit type Connection pattern All cassette type All duct type All floor type Pattern A Floor/Ceiling type All ceiling type All wall mounted type Pattern B •...
  • Page 511 • Pattern B 1. Use a tool to cut off the terminal on the end of the remote controller cable, and then remove the insulation from the cut end of the cable as shown below. 13/16 in (20 mm) Remote controller cable 2.
  • Page 512 ¢ Specifications Power supply DC 12 Dimensions (H × W × D) in (mm) 4-3/4 × 2-15/16 × 1-3/16 (120 × 75 × 30) Weight oz (g) 4 (100)  Wiring specifications Cable size Wire type Remarks Use sheathed PVC cable or Remote controller Polar 3 core shielded cable in accordance with...
  • Page 513 • Operates when the external contact switch is turned off, and returns to the original opera- tion state when the switch is turned on. Setting Wiring Operation example 80 °F ( Mode 1, P1: On, Cool, 26 °C) P2 : When setback Mode 1 or 0 Indoor unit P1: Arbitrary operation state...

  • Page 514: Service And Web Monitoring Tool

    4. Service and web monitoring tool 4-1. Service tool (UTY-ASGXZ1) Extensive monitoring and analysis functions for installation and maintenance. Operation status and error history can be grasped promptly and adequately. ¢ Accessory Name and shape Q’ty Application Includes the software and manuals for Service tool. Additionally, it works as the software protection key.
  • Page 515 ¢ System diagram Remote Side VRF System Side Personal Computer (Locally purchased) Software & protection key for Service Tool* (UTY-ASGXZ1) Personal Computer Internet (Locally purchased) USB Adapter (Locally purchased) Up to 1 PC VRF network system can be connected simultaneously. *: WibuKey of UTY-ASGX can be used.
  • Page 516 Function Summary The indoor units or outdoor units operation history can be recorded. The displayed Operation history operation history can be printed out and saved to a CSV file. Displays the error information for each unit. The error information can sequentially be Error history displayed up to 50 items as they occur starting with the latest error.
  • Page 517 Function Summary Confirm the current version of the software, Version and it is not the latest, it can be updated to the latest version. Through the Internet, Service tool in the PC on VRF system side can be operable in Remote operation real-time from remote side PC.

  • Page 518: Web Monitoring Tool (Uty-Amgxz1)

    4-2. Web monitoring tool (UTY-AMGXZ1) ¢ Accessory Name and shape Q’ty Application Includes the software and manuals for Web monitoring tool. Additionally, it works as the software protection key. Software protection key to be connected to an USB port on the WHITE-USB-KEY PC that Web monitoring tool is installed.
  • Page 519 ¢ System diagram • System components Remote side VRF system side Software & Personal protection key for Computer (Locally Web Monitoring purchased) Tool* (UTY-AMGXZ1) Personal Computer Internet USB Adapter (Locally purchased) (Locally purchased) Up to 2 PCs VRF network system can be connected simultaneously.
  • Page 520 ¢ Comparison table Service tool Web monitoring tool (UTY-ASGXZ1) (UTY-AMGXZ1) Function VRF system VRF system Remote side Remote side side side System list ● ● ● ● Equipment detail (Diagram) ● ● ● ● Equipment detail (Status list) ● ● ●...
  • Page 521 6. SYSTEM DESIGN 2019.11.01 DV_CH06_J3LU061EF_02...
  • Page 522 CONTENTS 6. SYSTEM DESIGN 1. System design.....................06-1 1-1. Refrigerant system ......................06-1 1-2. VRF network system ......................06-4 1-3. Installation place......................06-11 2. Piping design.....................06-14 2-1. Important items when using refrigerant (R410A) ............06-14 2-2. Piping limitation ......................06-17 2-3. Pipe size........................06-19 2-4. Selection of pipe heat insulating material ..............06-25 2-5.

  • Page 523: System Design

    1. System design 1-1. Refrigerant system ¢ Connectable unit within 1 refrigerant system • Outdoor unit Unit Quantity Outdoor unit 1 unit • Indoor unit Outdoor unit Connectable indoor unit conditions Cooling Model name capacity Cooling capacity range Connectable number (Btu/h) AOU72RLAVL 72,000...
  • Page 524 ¢ Refrigerant system examples NOTE: For cooling capacity range of connectable indoor units, refer to "Refrigerant system" page 06-1.  Example 1 (OK) Outdoor unit Indoor unit 1 Indoor unit 2 Capacity ratio Connectable indoor unit Cooling Total capacity capacity capacity Model name Judge...
  • Page 525  Example 3 (Prohibited) Outdoor unit Indoor unit 1 Indoor unit 2 Indoor unit 3 Capacity ratio 166% Connectable indoor unit Cooling Total capacity capacity capacity Model name Judge Min. Max. (kBtu/h) Outdoor unit AOU72RLAVL (2) 50% (3) 150% (3) < (1) Indoor unit 1 AUUB36TLAV Indoor unit 2...

  • Page 526: Vrf Network System

    1-2. VRF network system ¢ Definition VRF network VRF network means global VRF network. Network segment (NS) Network segment (NS) means each networks shut off by Signal amplifier. Network segments mean divided block which has been connected with Signal amplifier within conditions that required Signal amplifier.
  • Page 527 ¢ Maximum wiring length Transmission cable Maximum wiring length Total wiring length of transmission 11,811 ft (3,600 m) Maximum wiring length between units 1,312 ft (400 m) Total wiring length in 1 segment 1,640 ft (500 m) VRF network system Segment Wiring length 11,811 ft (3,600 m)
  • Page 528 ¢ Maximum connectable unit numbers in 1 VRF network system Outdoor unit Indoor unit  Controller • Central controller Max. controllable number Max. Remote Exterior Part name Model name connectable Indoor network controller Group number unit system group System 1,600 per VRF network UTY-APGXZ1 system controller*...
  • Page 529 • Individual controller Max. Exterior Part name Model name Remarks number Wired remote Office Fri 10:00AM Mode Set Temp. controller UTY-RNRUZ — Maximum controllable indoor units: 16 Cool 80°F Custom Auto Auto Heat 74°F Room Temp. Cool 84°F Away 76°F Heat 68°F Vacation...
  • Page 530  Adaptor/Convertor/Maintenance tool Max. Exterior Part name Model name Remarks number • Total number of refrigerant system and Network convertor is maximum Network 100. UTY-VTGX convertor • Maximum connectable single split type or multi type: 16 units • Total number of refrigerant system and Network convertor is maximum 100.
  • Page 531 Max. Exterior Part name Model name Remarks number • PC: Locally purchased Web monitoring • Up to 4 VRF network system can be UTY-AMGXZ1 tool observed with one Web monitoring tool. NOTES: • *1: For 1 VRF network system, total number of Touch panel controller, Central remote con- troller, Network convertor for Group remote controller, KNX convertor for VRF, Modbus conver- tor for VRF, BACnet gateway (Hardware) is 16, including 1 Network convertors for LonWorks.
  • Page 532  How to count element in a network segment Each unit must be counted in the network segment as in the table below. Element Model name Count Outdoor unit (each) — Indoor unit (each) — System controller UTY-APGXZ1 System controller lite UTY-ALGXZ1 Touch panel controller UTY-DTGYZ1...

  • Page 533: Installation Place

    1-3. Installation place ¢ Outdoor unit For installing the outdoor unit, select a place where satisfies following conditions. • A place where satisfies the installation space described in "Installation space" in Chapter 3. OUT- DOOR UNITS on page 03-7. • A place where the unit can be installed horizontally. •...
  • Page 534  Precaution for installation place • Install the outdoor unit in a position where its tilts is 3 degrees or less. However, do not install the unit with it tilted towards the side containing the compressor. • Install the outdoor unit on the place with strong installation fixings, which can sufficiently bear the product weight •...
  • Page 535 ¢ Indoor unit For installing the indoor unit, with considering your customer’s request select a place where satisfies following conditions. • Install the unit level on a strong wall, floor, ceiling, which is not subject to vibration. • The inlet and outlet ports should not be obstructed. The air should be able to blow all over the room.

  • Page 536: Piping Design

    2. Piping design 2-1. Important items when using refrigerant (R410A) R410A operates at higher pressure and has less solubility with mineral oil than traditional R22 refrig- erant. Therefore, R410A systems use a different lubricant and have different piping requirements. • Refrigerant piping material and wall thickness Only seamless copper tubes should be used for refrigerant piping.
  • Page 537 ¢ Work flow example Preparations Prepare schedule of works ↓ • Always check the refrigerant to be used. Refrigerant check • Always use the specified refrigerant. • Prepare materials/tools matched to refrigerant ↓ Operation chart preparation ↓ Start of work Indoor unit and RB unit installation ↓...
  • Page 538 ↓ Indoor unit connection check ↓ Address setting ↓ Refrigerant piping connection (Outdoor unit) ↓ • Pressurize system with 609 psi (4.2 MPa) nitrogen Leak pressure test • System must hold 600 psi for a minimum of 24 hours. ↓ •...

  • Page 539: Piping Limitation

    2-2. Piping limitation For proper system operation, keep all the piping limitation mentioned here. CAUTION • Allowable height difference: – If the height difference between indoor unit and outdoor unit is larger than the allowable value: • The pressure loss will be larger. → Insufficient cooling and heating •...
  • Page 540 ¢ Limitation The nearest indoor unit to the first separation tube. The farthest indoor unit to the first separation tube. Limitation Diagram Allowable pipe length (Actual pipe length) 1,312 ft (400 m) or Total pipe length Total less* 393 ft (120 m) or Between outdoor unit and the farthest indoor unit a + b less...

  • Page 541: Pipe Size

    2-3. Pipe size After referring to cooling capacity table below, select each Pipe size, Separation tube, and Header from the cooling capacity of outdoor unit and indoor unit connected in the system. NOTES: • For pipe diameter, material, and wall thickness, refer to "Important items when using refrigerant (R410A)"...
  • Page 542  Indoor unit Rated capacity Dimensions (Btu/h) Type Model name Remarks Cooling Heating H × W × D 4,000 4,400 AUUA4TLAV2 Cassette grille: 7,500 9,500 AUUA7TLAV2 9,500 10,900 AUUA9TLAV2 UTG-CCGVG Compact 9-5/8 × 22-7/16 × 22-7/16 12,000 13,500 AUUA12TLAV2 (Grid type) cassette (245 ×...
  • Page 543 Rated capacity Dimensions (Btu/h) Type Model name Remarks Cooling Heating H × W × D 4,000 4,400 ASUA4TLAV1 10-5/16 × 32-5/16 × 8-1/8 7,500 9,500 ASUA7TLAV1 (262 × 820 × 206) 9,500 10,900 ASUA9TLAV1 12,000 13,500 ASUA12TLAV1 10-9/16 × 33-1/16 × 8 (268 ×...
  • Page 544 ¢ Pipe size selection Use the following tables to select the Refrigeration Pipe Size, Separation tube and Header. Outdoor unit Pipe size (table "A") Separation tube (optional) First separation tube (optional) Header (optional) Pipe size (table "B") Pipe size (table "C") •...
  • Page 545 • Pipe size table “B” Between Separation tube and first Separation tube (Header) Outside diameter Total cooling capacity of indoor unit (x) Liquid pipe Gas pipe Btu/h in (mm) 8,000 ≤ x < 36,000 3/8 (9.52) 5/8 (15.88) 36,000 ≤ x < 48,000 3/8 (9.52) 3/4 (19.05) 48,000 ≤...
  • Page 546 ¢ Optional parts selection  Indoor unit • Separation tube Total cooling capacity of indoor unit (x) (Btu/h) Model name x < 96,500 UTP-AX090A 96,500 ≤ x UTP-AX180A • Header Total cooling capacity of indoor 3 to 6 Branches 3 to 8 Branches units (x) (Btu/h) x <...

  • Page 547: Selection Of Pipe Heat Insulating Material

    2-4. Selection of pipe heat insulating material Always insulate the refrigerant pipe to prevent condensation and water droplets by the refrigerant pipe. For selection of pipe heat insulating material, refer to following items. • Decide the thickness of the heat insulating material by referring to the recommended minimum thickness in Table 1.

  • Page 548: Additional Charge Calculation

    2-5. Additional charge calculation NOTES: • The outdoor unit is charged refrigerant at the factory. • Additional refrigerant required to be charged on site depending on pipe length and outdoor unit model. • The additional refrigerant charge amount is calculated according to the following formula. •...
  • Page 549 • Total refrigerant amount check (C) A + B lb (kg) NOTES: • Check the total refrigerant amount under the following conditions. Model name Condition AOU72RLAVL Total amount of refrigerant (C) ≤ 44.09 lb (20.0 kg) AOU96RLAVL AOU120RLAVL Total amount of refrigerant (C) ≤ 56.44 lb (25.6 kg) •...

  • Page 550: Piping Design Example

    2-6. Piping design example ¢ Example 1 Outdoor unit Total cooling capacity of indoor units connected downwards to the pipe 93.5 kBtu/h 81.5 kBtu/h 69.5 kBtu/h 57.5 kBtu/h 45.5 kBtu/h 33.5 kBtu/h 21.5 kBtu/h 9.5 kBtu/h 12 kBtu/h 12 kBtu/h 12 kBtu/h 12 kBtu/h 12 kBtu/h...
  • Page 551 • Selection of pipe size Pipe diameter: in (mm) Length example Pipe no. ft (m) Liquid pipe Gas pipe Ø3/8 (9.52) Ø3/4 (19.05) 131 (40) Ø1/4 (6.35) Ø1/2 (12.70) 49 (15) Ø1/2 (12.70) Ø7/8 (22.22) 16 (5) Ø1/4 (6.35) Ø1/2 (12.70) 32 (10) Ø1/2 (12.70) Ø7/8 (22.22)
  • Page 552 • Calculation of additional charge refrigerant – Calculation of additional amount for pipe length (A) Additional amount for pipe Diameter of liquid pipe Liquid pipe length length in (mm) lb/ft (kg/m) ft (m) Ø1/2 (12.70) 0.077 (0.114) 49 (15) Ø3/8 (9.52) 0.039 (0.058) 180 (55) Ø1/4 (6.35)
  • Page 553 ¢ Example 2 Outdoor unit Total cooling capacity of indoor units connected downwards to the pipe 78 kBtu/h 18 kBtu/h 30 kBtu/h 30 kBtu/h 18 kBtu/h 30 kBtu/h 30 kBtu/h Indoor Indoor Indoor unit unit unit • System configuration Indoor unit Model name Capacity (kBtu/h) AUUB18TLAV2...
  • Page 554 • Limitation check Example Limitation Pipe Diagram Judge ft (m) 1,312 (400) Total pipe length Total 295 (90) or less Between outdoor unit and farthest indoor 393 (120) a + b3 255 (78) unit or less Between the first separation tube and the 295 (90) 22 (7) farthest indoor unit...
  • Page 555 ¢ Example 3 Outdoor unit Total cooling capacity of indoor units connected downwards to the pipe 132.5 kBtu/h 72.5 kBtu/h 28.5 kBtu/h 44 kBtu/h 14 kBtu/h 9.5 kBtu/h 9.5 kBtu/h 9.5 kBtu/h 60 kBtu/h 30 kBtu/h 60kBtu/h 30 kBtu/h 14 kBtu/h 9.5 kBtu/h 9.5 kBtu/h 9.5 kBtu/h...
  • Page 556 • Selection of pipe size Pipe diameter: in (mm) Length example Pipe no. ft (m) Liquid pipe Gas pipe Ø1/2 (12.70) Ø1-1/8 (28.58) 246 (75) Ø1/2 (12.70) Ø7/8 (22.22) 65 (20) Ø3/8 (9.52) Ø5/8 (15.88) 22 (7) Ø3/8 (9.52) Ø5/8 (15.88) 32 (10) Ø3/8 (9.52) Ø3/4 (19.05)

  • Page 557: Piping Connection

    3. Piping connection Keep the permissible length of every piping limitation to prevent a defect or cooling/heating failure. CAUTION • Piping material: – Use the designated size (diameter and thickness) of refrigerant pipes. – Those pipes purchased locally may contain dust inside. Use dry nitrogen to blow out any dust. –...
  • Page 558 CAUTION • Brazing: – If nitrogen gas is not blown through the pipes while they are being brazed, an oxidized layer may form on the inside of the pipes. If this occurs, the cooling efficiency may decrease and it will be caused to damage for compressor and clog the strainer and electronic expansion valve.

  • Page 559: Piping To Outdoor Unit

    3-1. Piping to outdoor unit ¢ Piping method  Opening the knockout hole CAUTION • Be careful to prevent panel deformation or damaged while opening the knockout hole. • To prevent cutting of the wiring after the knockout hole was opened, remove the burrs along the edge.
  • Page 560 Unit: in (mm) Fig. A Service panel 3-15/16 3-11/16 (100) (94) 2-3/8 2-3/8 (61) (61) 3-11/16 13/16 Front Lateral 13/16 3-5/8 (94) (21) 3-9/16 (21) (92) (90) 9/16 Top view of (14) the base 2-3/8 (60) (12) Front connection Lateral connection Bottom connection Fig.
  • Page 561  Removing the pinch pipe CAUTION • Remove the pinch pipe only when the internal gas is completely drained as shown on the below instructions. • If gas still remains inside, the piping may crack if you melt the brazing filter of the junction area with a burner.
  • Page 562  Pipe connection CAUTION • Seal the pipe route hole with putty (locally purchased) such that there are no gaps. Small in- sects or animals that are trapped in the outdoor unit may cause a short circuit in the electrical component box.

  • Page 563: Separation Tube

    3-2. Separation tube Total cooling capacity of indoor unit (x) (Btu/h) Model name x < 96,500 UTP-AX090A 96,500 ≤ x UTP-AX180A NOTE: ¢ Installation Select the connections with the pipe diameter that match the selected pipe sizes from the Separation tube, and cut them with a pipe cutter.
  • Page 564 ¢ Restriction when install Be sure following restriction. • Installation angle Place the Separation tube horizontally or vertically so that the refrigerant separates evenly. Good Good Prohibited Prohibited Horizontal Vertical CAUTION • If it is placed horizontally, keep it within ±15°. Otherwise, it will not separate the refrigerant evenly, causing a reduction in performance.
  • Page 565 • Straight pipe length A straight pipe (minimum length 2 ft [0.5 m]) before Separation tube is necessary in order to sepa- rate the refrigerant exactly. 2 ft (0.5 m) To indoor unit Main pipe 2 ft (0.5 m) To indoor unit or more or more To indoor unit or...
  • Page 566 ¢ Heat insulation installation After brazing the pipes and leak check, use the supplied insulation to insulate them. (on liquid and gas pipes) Remove the protective sheet from the double-stick tape that is affixed to the heat insulation. Double-stick tapes Be sure to install the tape (accessory) in each heat insulation to the 2 positions as shown in the following figure.

  • Page 567: Header

    3-3. Header Total cooling capacity of indoor 3 to 6 Branches 3 to 8 Branches units (x) (Btu/h) x < 96,500 UTR-H0906L UTR-H0908L 96,500 ≤ x UTR-H1806L UTR-H1808L NOTE: When separate into 2 branches, use a Separation tube instead. ¢ Installation Connecting the connection pipes from the indoor units.
  • Page 568 Use Header support as necessary. Ceiling Ceiling Gas pipe Liquid pipe Hanging metal Hanging metal (Locally purchased) (Locally purchased) Pedestal (Locally purchased) CAUTION Separation tube is not allowed to install Header kit. Header Outdoor unit Indoor Indoor Indoor Indoor Indoor Indoor Indoor unit...
  • Page 569 ¢ Restriction when install Be sure following restriction. • Installation angle Install the Header so that it branches horizontally. Gas pipe Horizontal Liquid pipe Horizontal Prohibited Prohibited Use a level to make sure that the Header is positioned as shown in following figure, and then sure it in place.

  • Page 570: Wiring Design

    CAUTION • When approved for use in local code, we suggest installing Ground Fault Equipment Breaker (GFEB). In that case, GFEB shall be per Fujitsu recommended capacity in order to prevent mal- function of breaker device. • Always use a dedicated power circuit for each condensing unit (outdoor unit). Never use a pow- er supply shared by another appliance.
  • Page 571 ¢ Wiring system outline (Remote / Monitoring USB adaptor side) System (locally purchased) Controller Touch Panel Controller (Remote / 3ø 3W 60Hz 208/230V Monitoring Transmission cable 3ø 3W 60Hz 208/230V side) Non polar 2core, shielded Level4, 3ø 3W 60Hz 208/230V 22 AWG (0.33mm²) Central Outdoor unit power supply cable...

  • Page 572: Power Supply Cable

    4-2. Power supply cable RELATED LINKS "Electrical characteristics" in Chapter 3. OUTDOOR UNITS on page 03-21 "Electrical characteristics" in Chapter 4. INDOOR UNITS on page 04-26 ¢ Specifications Use a separate power supply for the outdoor unit and indoor unit. ...
  • Page 573 • Table A. Current breaker requirements MAX. CKT. BKR Model MCA (A) Refer to "Electrical characteristics" in Chapter 4. INDOOR All models UNITS on page 04-26 – MCA: Minimum Circuit Ampacity – MAX. CKT. BKR: Maximum Circuit Breaker When the power crossover wiring is done, make it so that the total of the MCA of the connected indoor units does not exceed the 11 A.
  • Page 574 • When approved for use in local code, we suggest installing Ground Fault Equipment Breaker (GFEB). In that case, GFEB shall be per Fujitsu recommended capacity in order to prevent mal- function of breaker device. • Example 1: Using terminal board for indoor unit...
  • Page 575 • Example 2: Using external power supply unit When operating multiple indoor units with one remote controller, make sure that AC 230 V power is supplied with one breaker as shown below. AC 230 V AC 24 V AC 24 V AC 24 V a: Circuit breaker b: Relay...

  • Page 576: Transmission Cable

    4-3. Transmission cable RELATED LINKS "Definition" on page 06-4 ¢ Wiring specifications Cable size Cable type Remarks 22 AWG Transmission LEVEL4 (NEMA) non polar 2-core, twisted LonWorks compatible cable pair solid core, diameter 0.65 mm cable (0.33 mm Use shielded cable specified below and always ground it both end. 22 AWG (0.65 mm) LEVEL4 cable with shielded (National Electrical Manufacturers Association [NE- MA]) differs from the Category 4 specification proposed by the Electronic Industries Association/ Telecommunication Industry Association (EIA/TIA).
  • Page 577 Reference specifications for transmission cable Item Unit Specifications NOTES: • *1: Number of twist is not specified. However, it shall satisfy the electrical specifications such as characteristic impedance, attenuation, etc. (Example: More than 40 times/m) • *2: Cross talk attenuation is applied when the twisted cable has 2 pairs (2 P). •...
  • Page 578 ¢ Wiring flow Decide to use feature of automatic address setting depending on system design. Decide to use automatic address setting or manual address setting. • Automatic address setting: Go to "Auto address setting" on page 06-56 in step 2. •...
  • Page 579 • Manual address setting Connect the transmission cable like as Fig. 3 and Fig. 4 Refrigerant system 1 Transmission cable Refrigerant system 2 Transmission cable Transmission cable Refrigerant system 3 Fig. 3 Refrigerant system 1 Outdoor unit Indoor unit Indoor unit Indoor unit Refrigerant system 2 Indoor unit...
  • Page 580 Confirm transmission wiring system. Confirm your transmission wiring system if transmission wiring system is ensured wiring rule. Check list □ Total transmission wiring length □ Total number of unit NOTE: For details, refer to "VRF network system" on page 06-4. ¢...
  • Page 581 Example: Transmission cable 208/230V 1Ø 60Hz Indoor unit power supply cable Circuit breaker 208/230V 3Ø 60Hz Circuit breaker Outdoor unit power supply cable Remote controller cable - (06-59) - 4-3. Transmission cable 4. Wiring design...
  • Page 582 ¢ Separation rules • The transmission cable between indoor units, outdoor unit, and controllers can be connected by one cable. • Terminal board available on the market or the ones inside the indoor unit or outdoor unit should be used for transmission cable separation. •...
  • Page 583 • Example 3: Separation wiring from one terminal board radially Terminal board Refrigerant system 1 Refrigerant system 2 Refrigerant system 3 System controller • Example 4: Combination of example 2 and 3 Refrigerant system 1 Refrigerant system 2 Refrigerant system 3 Terminal board System controller - (06-61) -...

  • Page 584: Controller Cable

    4-4. Controller cable RELATED LINKS "Indoor unit type and applicable control method" in Chapter 5. CONTROL SYSTEM on page 05-7 "Control device design limitation" in Chapter 5. CONTROL SYSTEM on page 05-12 "Applicable parts" in Chapter 10. OPTIONAL PARTS on page 10-18 ¢...
  • Page 585 ¢ Maximum connectable number of remote controller (2-wire type) Maximum connectable number of remote controller (2-wire type) is limited by cable size and maxi- mum cable length. Maximum connectable number of remote controller (2-wire type) Cable size (S) Total cable length (L) 328 ft (100 m) ≤...

  • Page 586: Drain Connection

    5. Drain connection 5-1. Outdoor unit CAUTION • Perform drain work in accordance with this manual, and ensure that the drain water is properly drained. If the drain work is not carried out correctly, water may drip down from the unit, wetting the furniture.

  • Page 587: Indoor Unit

    5-2. Indoor unit ¢ General rules of drain piping • Install the drain pipe with downward slope (1/100 or more) and so there are no rises in the pipe. • Use general hard polyvinyl chloride pipe () and connect it with adhesive (polyvinyl chloride) so that there is no leakage.
  • Page 588 ¢ Circular flow cassette type 11 in (300 mm) 60 to 79 in or less Downward gradient (1.5 m to 2.0 m) Hanging fitting 1/100 or more Ø3/4 (I.D.), Ø1-1/16 (O.D.) (Locally purchased) Drain hose (accessory) Attached band Ø3/4 (I.D.), Ø1-1/16 (O.D.) Horizontal or Downward gradient upward gradient...
  • Page 589 ¢ Mini duct type Gap of 60 to 79 ft (1.5 to 2 m) Pohibited Air bleeding Rise Supporter Locally arranged pipe Max. 12 in VP25 (300 mm) (O.D. 2 in [32 mm] or more) Horizontal or upward gradient VP30 or more (O.D. 2 in [38 mm] or more) Downward gradient 1/100 or more •...
  • Page 590 ¢ Slim duct/Slim concealed floor type • Ceiling concealed setting Supporter Drain hose Drain cap Arrange the drain hose 60 to 79 in lower than this position (1.5 m to 2.0 m) Prohibited Air bleeding Rise Trap Prohibited Gap of 60 to 79 in (1.5 to 2 m) Air bleeding Rise...
  • Page 591 ¢ Medium static pressure duct type Downward gradient Drain hose 1/100 or more Arrange the drain hose lower than this position Attached drain hose Supporter Attached band 60 to 79 in (1.5 to 2.0 m) Prohibited Trap Rise Air bleeding There is a drain port on the left and right sides.
  • Page 592 ¢ High static pressure duct type • Main drain pipe Unit Drain hose (main) Drain pipe (main) Trap 60 to 79 in H1 = 4 in (100 mm) or more (1.5 to 2.0 m) H2 = 2 - 4 in (50 - 100 mm) –...
  • Page 593 ¢ Compact floor type drain cap drain hose The drain hose can be connected at either side of the indoor unit. Drain pan Drain pan Drain hose No gap Drain cock Drain cap Hexagon Drain holder wrench Screw Drain cap Left piping For connection from the left rear Cable...
  • Page 594 ¢ Floor/Ceiling type • Under ceiling setting Remove the hole cover Prohibited Drain hose Arrange the drain hose lower than this position When drain hose is arranged backward, secure the drain hose with the VT wire. Piping hole Base (Bottom) VT wire Intake grille Drain hose...
  • Page 595 ¢ Ceiling type Drain hose Supporter Arrange the drain hose 60 to 79 in lower than this position (1.5 to 2.0 m) Prohibited Rise Trap End in water Fasten the drain pipe with VT wire so that the pipe slopes correctly within the indoor unit. VT wire Drain hose Indoor unit (rear view)
  • Page 596 ¢ Wall mounted type Models: ASUB18TLAV1 and ASUB24TLAV1 • Drain hose Left side Drain cap Drain hose Insert the drain cap until it Right side Insert the drain hose until it butts against the drain port. butts against the drain port. Drain cap Drain hose Prohibited...
  • Page 597 ¢ Central drain process When conveying multiple drain pipes, install according to the procedure shown below. • For Compact cassette type, and Circular flow cassette type, and Cassette type T-joint converging drain pipes VP30 (O.D. 1-1/2 [38 mm]) or more Downward gradient 1/100 to 1/50 Compact cassette type 28 in (700 mm) or less...
  • Page 598 ¢ Drain insulation • Confirm water flows into drain pan of the indoor unit and drains from the pan once the drain hose is connected. • Check drain pipes for leaks. • Insulate the drain to prevent condensation. • Secure the drain pipe to the wall with a saddle. Outside wall cap Saddle Sealer putty...
  • Page 599 7. FUNCTION SETTINGS 2019.11.01 DV_CH07_J3LU061EF_02...
  • Page 600 CONTENTS 7. FUNCTION SETTINGS 1. System settings...................07-1 1-1. System type setting ......................07-2 1-2. Address setting.......................07-3 1-3. Manual address setting method..................07-8 1-4. Address setting by remote controller ................07-15 1-5. Automatic address setting ....................07-49 1-6. Terminal resistor setting ....................07-56 1-7. Indoor unit connection check ..................07-57 2.

  • Page 601: System Settings

    1. System settings Set each switch to the corresponding system type as described in the accompanying explanation, and do not use a nonexistent switch combination. CAUTION • Perform the system type setting and address setting, before turning on the power. •...

  • Page 602: System Type Setting

    1-1. System type setting Other than the units mentioned below, refer to "Function settings" on page 07-59 and the installa- tion manual. ¢ Outdoor unit setting Set the rotary switch REF AD x10 and x1. <Step 1> For details of switch, refer to "Address setting"...

  • Page 603: Address Setting

    ¢ Remote controller setting (Only for Wired remote controller and Simple remote controller.) Set the SW2 of DIP switch 1. Dual remote controller setting For details, refer to "Function settings" on page 07-59. 1-2. Address setting Address for each unit should be preset before starting system operation. Refer to "System design"...
  • Page 604 ¢ Indoor unit addresses and setting ranges Setting Setting Type of switch Remarks range Manual address setting: Arbitrary numbers can be set in Setting example range of 00—99. REF AD REF AD Wireless R. C.: Refer to "Address setting by This switch is set to 00 at factory wireless remote controller"...
  • Page 605 ¢ Addresses and setting ranges for controllers, convertors or other devices Setting Unit Setting Type of switch Setting references range "Touch panel controller" Automatic address setting: 00—15 Touch panel Controller on page 07-105"Touch This switch is set to 00 at factory controller address panel controller"...
  • Page 606 Set the remote controller address of 2-wire type remote controller in manual address setting on- ly. It is not necessary to set in automatic address setting. ¢ Setting example SetA Master Transmission line (Non-polar 2 core) SetD SetE SetF SetD SetE SetF SetD SetE SetF SetD SetE SetF SetD SetE SetF...
  • Page 607 Setting subject Application Remarks SetA Outdoor unit Set A Refrigerant circuit address Rotary switch REF AD x10, x1 REF AD x10 Set D Refrigerant circuit address REF AD x1 SetD SetE SetF Indoor unit IU AD x10 Set E Indoor unit address IU AD x1 Set F Remote controller address...

  • Page 608: Manual Address Setting Method

    1-3. Manual address setting method ¢ Address setting description • Refrigerant circuit address (Set A and Set D) When there are 2 or more refrigerant systems in one VRF network system, an exclusive refrig- erant circuit address should be set for each refrigerant system. Refrigerant system: One refrigerant circuit which has connected between outdoor unit and in- door unit by piping.
  • Page 609 • Indoor unit address (Set E) An exclusive indoor unit address should be set for each indoor unit in the same refrigerant system. Rotary switch setting Indoor unit address IU AD x10 IU AD x1 – Setting range: 00—63 (Arbitrary numbers can be set.) –...
  • Page 610 • Remote controller address (Set F) Maximum of 16 indoor units can be controlled by 1 individual remote controller with connecting remote controller cable. Those units connected with remote controller cable are regarded as a remote controller group. Even there is only 1 indoor unit with one or no wired controller is connected, it is regarded as one remote controller group.
  • Page 611 R.C.line: 2 wire 2 wire type R.C. 2 wire type R.C. : Set the remote controller address “0” only. Address is automatically assigned from Remote controller. • RB unit branch merging (UTP-RX08AH, UTP-RX12AH) – PC board layout DIP switch SET2 •...
  • Page 612 • Network convertor setting (Set H) Set the rotary switches 110 and 111 on the Network convertor PCB. Network convertor for Group remote controller (Max.16) * Group remote controller (Max. 4) * Network convertor for Single split air conditioner (Max.100) * Single split air conditioner : The sum total of the Touch panel controller, Central remote controller, Network convertor for Group remote controller, Modbus convertor, and Network convertor for LonWorks is a max-...
  • Page 613 • Signal amplifier address (Set K) Signal amplifier (Max. 8) ® • Network convertor for LonWorks setting (Set M) NOTE: Setting up more than one Network convertor in one VRF network system is prohib- ited. Network convertor ® for L ORKS *: The sum total of the Touch panel controller, Central remote controller, Network convertor for Group remote controller, Modbus convertor, and Network convertor for LonWorks is a maxi-...
  • Page 614 • Central remote controller address (Set N) Before performing the initial setting, set the Central remote controller address first. For details, refer to the setting manual. Central remote controller (Max. 16) * : Setting up more than one Network convertor in one VRF network system is prohibited. : The sum total of the Touch panel controller, Central remote controller, Network convertor for Group remote controller, Modbus convertor, and Network convertor for LonWorks is a max- imum of 16.

  • Page 615: Address Setting By Remote Controller

    1-4. Address setting by remote controller ¢ Address setting by wireless remote controller • A wireless remote controller is required to set the infrared address setting. • Infrared address setting function is available in all indoor units with infrared signal receiver. •...
  • Page 616  Button name and function Address code indicator on the remote controller and the operation lamp on IR receiver unit and on the indoor unit are as shown in the figures below. • For an outline of the address setting, refer to "Address setting"...
  • Page 617  Entering function setting mode NOTE: Be sure that all the procedures described in "Preparation" on page 07-15 are completed. • The position of the MANUAL AUTO button varies depending on the model. For the actual position of the button on each unit, refer to the operation manual. •...
  • Page 618 For confirming the custom code, press the TIMER MODE button to send the code to the indoor unit. Correct code: 2 short beeps Wrong code: No response - (07-18) - 1-4. Address setting by remote controller 1. System settings...
  • Page 619  Indoor unit address setting In the function setting mode display, press the MODE button to enter the address setting mode. Make sure that the function number displayed on the remote controller LCD is “01”. If the num- ber is other than “01”, press the SET TEMP. button to change the number.
  • Page 620 Send the information by pressing the START/STOP button once. A beeping sound (2 short beeps, 1 long beep, 2 short beeps, and 1 long beep) will be emitted if the command is accept- Beeps are emitted intermittently (2 short beeps, 1 long beep, 2 short beeps, and 1 long beep) In the following cases, the setting signal will not be accepted correctly and 5 short beeps will be...
  • Page 621  Refrigerant circuit address setting NOTE: Even while an indoor unit address is indicated on the indoor unit LED lamp, the indication will be switched to the refrigerant circuit address if the following operation is performed. Press the FAN button to select the function number. Function number Press the SET TEMP.
  • Page 622 Send the information by pressing the START/STOP button once. A beeping sound (2 short beeps, 1 long beep, 2 short beeps, and 1 long beep) will be emitted if the command is accept- Beeps are emitted intermittently (2 short beeps, 1 long beep, 2 short beeps, and 1 long beep) In the following cases, the setting signal will not be accepted correctly and 5 short beeps will be...
  • Page 623  Completion of address setting mode • The position of the MANUAL AUTO button varies depending on the model. For the actual position of the button on each unit, refer to the operation manual. • If the MANUAL AUTO button is pressed continuously for 10 seconds or more, the error will be dis- played.
  • Page 624  Reconfirmation of address setting Press and hold the MANUAL AUTO button for 3 seconds. 3 short beeps MANUAL AUTO IR receiver unit MANUAL AUTO • Indoor unit address setting 1. Make sure that the function number is set to “01” with referring the step 2. in "Indoor unit ad- dress setting"...
  • Page 625  Setting up each indoor unit Setting must be performed on each indoor unit by repeating following procedures: • "Preparation" on page 07-15 • "Entering function setting mode" on page 07-17 • "Selection and confirmation of custom code" on page 07-17 •...
  • Page 626 ¢ Address setting by wired remote controller (UTY-RNKU) • Indoor unit addresses and refrigerant circuit addresses can be set up using wired remote con- trollers. • This function allows setting the addresses of all indoor units to which a wired remote controller is being connected.
  • Page 627  Button name and function Address code or function indicator on the remote controller is as shown in the figures below. • For an outline of the address setting, refer to "Address setting" on page 07-3. • For the details of function number and setting number used for the function setting, refer to "Func- tion details"...
  • Page 628  Indoor unit address setting In the initial display of setting mode, by pressing the SET BACK button, select a remote con- troller address. (Select the indoor unit you want to operate.) Remote controller address Example: When remote controller address “01” is selected Display the function number “01”...
  • Page 629  Refrigerant circuit address setting In the initial display of address setting mode, by pressing the SET BACK button, select a re- mote controller address. (Select the indoor unit you want to operate.) If the indoor unit you want to operate has already been selected, skip this step. Remote controller address Example: When remote controller address “01”...
  • Page 630  Completion of setting mode To exit the setting mode and return to the regular display, hold down the 3 buttons of SET TEMP. “ “, SET TEMP. “ “, and FAN at the same time. If there is no key entry for 60 seconds, even though none of the above buttons is pressed, the set- ting mode will be cleared automatically.
  • Page 631 ¢ Address setting by simple remote controller (UTY-RSRY and UTY-RHRY) • Indoor unit addresses and refrigerant circuit addresses can be set up using wired remote con- trollers. • This function allows setting the addresses of all indoor units to which a wired remote controller is being connected.
  • Page 632  Entering setting mode While displaying Monitor Mode screen, press and hold the TEMP. “ ” button and FAN “ ” button at the same time for 2 seconds or longer. Menu 1 screen will be displayed. Monitor Mode screen Menu 1 screen While displaying the Menu 1 screen, press and hold the FAN “...
  • Page 633 After adjusting the item number to “13” in Menu 2-F1 settings, press the START/STOP but- ton to switch to the function setting screen. Item number Setting item selection screen Function setting screen RELATED LINKS "Indoor unit address setting" on page 07-33 "Refrigerant circuit address setting"...
  • Page 634 Press the START/STOP button to switch to the indoor unit address setting. Function number Indoor unit address Press the TEMP. “ ” or TEMP. “ ” button to adjust the indoor unit address number. Indoor unit address Example: Selecting indoor unit address data “12”...
  • Page 635  Refrigerant circuit address setting NOTE: Perform this setting on the master remote controller. While displaying the function setting screen, press the TEMP. “ ” or TEMP. “ ” button to se- lect the 2-wire remote controller address. Example: Selecting the 2-wire remote Function setting screen controller address (002-01) Press the START/STOP...
  • Page 636 Confirm the selected refrigerant circuit address data by pressing the START/STOP button. The data will be transferred to the indoor unit. Example: When refrigerant circuit address data "18" is set up Indoor unit address ERROR GOOD • When the address data is properly set up on the indoor unit, the set number will be dis- played.
  • Page 637  Setting up each indoor unit Setting must be performed on each indoor unit requiring address setting by repeating following pro- cedures: • "Preparation" on page 07-31 • "Entering setting mode" on page 07-32 • "Indoor unit address setting" on page 07-33 •...
  • Page 638 ¢ Address setting by simple remote controller (UTY-RSKU and UTY-RHKU) • Indoor unit addresses and refrigerant circuit addresses can be set up using wired remote con- trollers. • This function allows setting the addresses of all indoor units to which a wired remote controller is being connected.
  • Page 639  Button name and function Address code or function indicator on the remote controller is as shown in the figures below. • For an outline of the address setting, refer to "Address setting" on page 07-3. • For the details of function number and setting number used for the function setting, refer to "Func- tion details"...
  • Page 640  Indoor unit address setting In initial display of the setting mode, by pressing SET TEMP. “ ” button or SET TEMP. “ ” button, select a remote controller address. (Select the indoor unit you want to operate.) Remote controller address Initial display of Example: When remote controller address address setting mode...
  • Page 641 Confirm the selected indoor unit address data by pressing the START/STOP button. The data will be transferred to the indoor unit. GOOD ERROR • When the address data is properly set up on the indoor unit, the set number will be dis- played.
  • Page 642 Press the FAN button. “Setting number” indicator flashes. Refrigerant circuit address data Set up the refrigerant circuit address data by pressing SET TEMP. “ ” button or SET TEMP. “ ” button. (Setting range is from “00” to “99”.) Indoor unit address data Example: When refrigerant circuit address data “12”...
  • Page 643  Completion of setting mode To exit the setting mode and return to the regular display, hold down the 3 buttons of SET TEMP. “ ”, SET TEMP. “ ”, and FAN at the same time for 5 seconds or longer. If there is no key entry for 60 seconds, even though none of the above buttons is pressed, the set- ting mode will be cleared automatically.
  • Page 644 ¢ Address setting by wired remote controller (Touch panel) (UTY- RNRUZ) • Indoor unit addresses and refrigerant circuit addresses can be set up using wired remote con- trollers. • This function allows setting the addresses of all indoor units to which a wired remote controller is being connected.
  • Page 645  Entering setting mode When “Function Setting” on the Maintenance screen is touched, Installer Password Verification screen is displayed. Enter the Installer Password, and touch “OK”. Function Setting screen is displayed. Maintenance Page 2/ 3 Function Setting R.C. Address Address [002–01] Test Run Setting...
  • Page 646 Touch “Setting” on the Function Setting screen. Function Setting Address [002–01] Function No. [01] Setting No. [00] Back Setting Setting screen of “Setting No.” is displayed. Set the Setting No. by touching “ ” or “ ”. (Set- ting range is from “00” to “63”.) Function Setting Address [002–01]...
  • Page 647 Touch “Function No.” on the Function Setting screen. Function Setting Address [002–01] Function No. [00] Setting No. [00] Back Setting Function No. screen is displayed. Set the Function No. “02” by touching “ ” or “ ”. Function No. Cancel When “OK”...
  • Page 648  Setting up each indoor unit Setting must be performed on each indoor unit requiring address setting by repeating following pro- cedures. • "Preparation" on page 07-44 • "Entering setting mode" on page 07-45 • "Indoor unit address setting" on page 07-45 •...

  • Page 649: Automatic Address Setting

    1-5. Automatic address setting The addresses of signal amplifiers and indoor units can be set automatically. CAUTION • Mind the following items when performing automatic address setting. – The controller cannot be used. – Automatic address setting may take about 30 minutes. –...
  • Page 650 ¢ Preparation Before performing the setting, be sure to conducting necessary preparations. Make sure that the operation of the outdoor unit has stopped (if it is still running, stop the oper- ation), and turn off the power. Remove the front panel of the outdoor unit. Remove the lid of the electrical component box to expose the PCB.
  • Page 651 When “F3” is displayed on the LED104, press the ENTER button (SW109). Indicator on the LED105 flashes. LED105 LED104 LED105 LED104 Press the SELECT button (SW108) to display “10” on the LED105. LED105 LED104 LED105 LED104 When “10” is displayed on the LED105, hold down the ENTER button (SW109) for 3 seconds or longer.
  • Page 652 ¢ Automatic address setting of indoor unit CAUTION • This function can be used for a maximum of 64 indoor units installed within a same refrigerant system. However, a maximum of 48 indoor units can be installed within the same refrigerant system.
  • Page 653 When the automatic address setting is completed, the number of indoor units of which the auto- matic address setting succeeded is displayed on the LED105, and the number of indoor units of which the automatic address setting failed is displayed on the LED104. Example: When 25 indoor units are connected, and the automatic setting of the addresses of all indoor units ended normally LED105...
  • Page 654 ¢ Example of setting flow  Example 1: Setting both addresses of signal amplifiers and indoor units automatically CAUTION • Complete the refrigerant circuit address setting of outdoor units before activating the automatic address setting function. • Setting the indoor units addresses automatically does not necessarily mean that the addresses are assigned sequentially starting from the indoor unit which is located the closest to the out- door units.
  • Page 655 : If the total wiring length within a segment is expected to exceed 500 m, insert a signal amplifier. For details, refer to "Signal amplifier (UTY-VSGXZ1)" in Chapter 5. CONTROL SYSTEM on page 05-155. : If the number of nodes (the number of units of indoor units, outdoor units, controllers, and others) is expected to exceed 64 (including signal amplifiers), insert a signal amplifier.

  • Page 656: Terminal Resistor Setting

    1-6. Terminal resistor setting CAUTION • Be sure to set the terminal resistor according to specifications. • Set the terminal resistor for every network segment (NS). – If terminal resistor is set in multiple devices, the overall communication system may be dam- aged.

  • Page 657: Indoor Unit Connection Check

    1-7. Indoor unit connection check NOTE: When performing indoor unit connection check, Service tool and Web monitoring tool need to be stopped. After verifying that the system is operating normally, press the MODE/EXIT button (SW107) once. LED105 LED104 LED105 LED104 Press the SELECT button (SW108) to display “F3”...
  • Page 658 When “the number of indoor units” or “volume ratio of the indoor units connection” appears on the LED104 and LED105, press the ENTER button (SW109). When indoor unit connection check is completed, the display changes to “PASS.” LED105 LED104 LED105 LED104 When indoor unit connection check is error, the display changes to “Err.”...

  • Page 659: Function Settings

    2. Function settings To adjust the functions of this product according to the installation environment, various types of function settings are available. NOTE: Incorrect settings can cause a product malfunction. RELATED LINKS "Setting on outdoor unit PCB" on page 07-60 "Setting on indoor unit PCB"...

  • Page 660: Setting On Outdoor Unit Pcb

    2-1. Setting on outdoor unit PCB ¢ Components location Set the functions of an outdoor unit with the push buttons (SW107, SW108, and SW109) while ob- serving the 7-segment LED lamps (LED105 and LED104) on the PCB. 7-segment LED lamp LED lamp Rotary switch POWER...
  • Page 661 ¢ Function setting method After verifying that the system is operating normally, press the MODE/EXIT button (SW107) once. LED105 LED104 LED105 LED104 Press the SELECT button (SW108) to display “F3” on LED104. : Do not set “F1” and “F9” usually since they are used for maintenance. Monitoring mode Setting mode Function mode...
  • Page 662 After all necessary function settings are completed, press the ENTER button (SW109) in the setting completed state shown in the previous step. 5 seconds after, even if the ENTER button (SW109) is not pressed, the LED105 starts to flash automatically. LED105 LED104 LED105...
  • Page 663 ¢ Setting list LED105 LED104 Factory Setting mode Setting function Remarks code no. code no. setting Standard (131 to 213 ft) ♦ (40 to 65 m) Short (less than 131 ft) (less than 40 m) Pipe length means the length Pipe length Medium between outdoor unit and the...
  • Page 664 LED105 LED104 Factory Setting mode Setting function Remarks code no. code no. setting Select the priority setting of the operation mode. Priority given to the first • Priority given to the first ♦ command command: Priority is given to the operation mode which is set first.
  • Page 665 LED105 LED104 Factory Setting mode Setting function Remarks code no. code no. setting -4.0 °F (-20 °C) ♦ Setting if changing the outdoor temperature setting for heat pump -0.4 °F (-18 °C) prohibition zone is required when 3.2 °F (-16 °C) Outdoor heater selection control using 6.8 °F (-14 °C)
  • Page 666 LED105 LED104 Factory Setting mode Setting function Remarks code no. code no. setting Setting number xx00 ♦ Setting number xx01 • • • Electricity Set the ones digit and tens digit of meter pulse • • • the number of the electricity meter pulse setting connected to CN135.

  • Page 667: Setting On Indoor Unit Pcb

    2-2. Setting on indoor unit PCB Components related to function setting are located on the indoor unit main PCB. ¢ Components location Related components location is differ depending on the type of the indoor unit as follows: Type of PCB Type of indoor unit Compact cassette, Cassette, Mini duct, Slim duct/Slim concealed floor, Medium static Type 1...
  • Page 668 • Type 2: DIP switch (Type B) Rotary switch (Type C) SW PCB SET1 SET2 SW604 SW605 SW606 SW607 SW608 DIP switch (Type A) SW601 SW602 DIP switch Rotary switch (Type A) (Type D) Main PCB • Type 3: Main PCB Rotary switch DIP switch (type C)
  • Page 669 • Type 4: DIP switch (Type A) SET1 SET2 Main PCB Rotary switch (Type C) DIP switch (Type A) • Type 5: DIP switch (Type A) Rotary switch (Type C) DIP switch (Type A) • Type 6: Rotary switch (Type C) DIP switch (Type A) DIP switch...
  • Page 670 • Type 7: DIP switch Rotary switch (Type A) DIP switch (Type C) (Type A) ¢ Switch type and setting item Prohibited (Indoor unit capacity setting) Prohibited (Indoor unit capacity setting) SET1 Prohibited (Indoor unit capacity setting) Prohibited (Indoor unit capacity setting) Prohibited (Indoor unit capacity setting) External input select “edge/pulse”...
  • Page 671 ¢ DIP switch setting • SET2-2: “Edge” or “Pulse” selection of external input SET2-2 External input select Factory setting Edge ♦ Pulse • SET2-3: Switching of Fan delay function Fan delay is a function to delay the stop of cooling fan when the air conditioner is stopped. When auxiliary heater is connected, this switch should be set at “On (Enabled)”.
  • Page 672 • SET3-3, SET3-4: Setting prohibited SET3-3 SET3-4 Factory setting Off (Fixed) Off (Fixed) ♦ On (Setting prohibited) On (Setting prohibited) • SET4-1: Switching of Drainage function (for Mini duct type and Slim duct type only) If the drain pump is not used, this switch should be set at “On (Disabled)”. SET4-1 Drainage function Factory setting...
  • Page 673 ¢ Rotary switch setting • IU AD (Indoor unit address): Switching of Indoor unit address Sets the indoor unit addresses. For details, refer to the indoor unit address conversion table in "Address setting" on page 07-3. Factory Rotary switch Description Remarks setting Indoor unit address...

  • Page 674: Setting By Service Tool (Uty-Asgxz1)

    2-3. Setting by service tool (UTY-ASGXZ1) ¢ Remote setting Function setting of the indoor unit and function setting defined as Function “F2” on the outdoor unit can be changed remotely. (Some settings are not available.) The processed result can also be output to a CSV file. a Adapter selection Selects the transmission adapter that connects the system containing units perform processing.
  • Page 675 e Write value input The value input here is set at the write value field of the unit selected in .This input value be- comes the setting change value of the item selected in NOTES: • For the set value of each function setting, refer to "Function details"...
  • Page 676 ¢ Remote perform function Function defined as “F3” on the outdoor unit can be performed remotely. When selecting the function applied to one outdoor unit When selecting the function applied to multiple outdoor units a Adapter name selection Selects the transmission adapter that connects the target unit. b Function selection Selects the function to be operated remotely.
  • Page 677 h Close button Closes this screen. (Remote Perform Function screen) NOTES: • Even if you perform another function by the remote perform function or the push button on the PCB of the outdoor unit while a function is operating, the function may not be changed. •...

  • Page 678: Indoor Unit (Setting By Wireless Remote Controller)

    2-4. Indoor unit (setting by wireless remote controller) CAUTION This setting changes the function settings used to control the indoor unit according to the installa- tion conditions. Incorrect settings can cause a product malfunction. • After the power is turned on, perform the “Function setting” according to the installation conditions using the remote controller.
  • Page 679 Press the FAN button to proceed to number setting. To return to the function number adjust- ment, press the FAN button again. Press the SET TEMP. button to adjust the setting number. Each time the MODE button is pressed, it switches between the left digit and the right digit. Change digit Send the information by pressing the START/STOP button once.
  • Page 680 Indoor unit lamps will indicate the function setting number as follows: Case 1: When setting number is one digit Indoor unit lamps will indicate the function setting number on the OPERATION (Green) lamp, TIMER (Orange) lamp, and FILTER (Red) lamp. Example) Function number: 30;...
  • Page 681 ¢ Completion of function setting mode • The position of the MANUAL AUTO button varies depending on the model. For the actual position of the button on each unit, refer to the operation manual. • If the MANUAL AUTO button is pressed continuously for 10 seconds or more, the error will be dis- played.
  • Page 682 Function number to be confirmed is displayed on the remote controller LCD. Press the SET TEMP. button to adjust the setting number. Each time the MODE button is pressed, it switches between the left digit and the right digit. Press the TIMER set (-) button. TIMER set (-) Case1: When setting number is one digit Case2: When setting number is two digits...
  • Page 683 ¢ Setting up each indoor unit Setting must be performed on each indoor unit by repeating following procedures. • "Preparation" on page 07-78 • "Indoor unit function setting" on page 07-78 • "Confirmation of function setting" on page 07-80 • "Completion of function setting mode"...

  • Page 684: Indoor Unit (Setting By Uty-Rnku)

    2-5. Indoor unit (setting by UTY-RNKU) CAUTION This setting changes the function settings used to control the indoor unit according to the installa- tion conditions. Incorrect settings can cause a product malfunction. • After the power is turned on, perform the “Function setting” according to the installation conditions using the remote controller.
  • Page 685 Select the function number by pressing the SET TIME “<” button or SET TIME “>” button. Function number Select the setting number by pressing the SET TEMP. “ ” or the SET TEMP. “ ” button. The setting number indication flashes during number selection setting. Setting number Example) Function number: 30;...
  • Page 686 ¢ Setting up each indoor unit Setting must be performed on each indoor unit by repeating following procedures. • "Preparation" on page 07-84 • "Indoor unit function setting" on page 07-84 • "Completion of setting mode" on page 07-30 Indoor unit Indoor unit Indoor unit Indoor unit...

  • Page 687: Indoor Unit (Setting By Uty-Rsry, Uty-Rhry)

    2-6. Indoor unit (setting by UTY-RSRY, UTY-RHRY) CAUTION This setting changes the function settings used to control the indoor unit according to the installa- tion conditions. Incorrect settings can cause a product malfunction. • After the power is turned on, perform the “Function setting” according to the installation conditions using the remote controller.
  • Page 688 ¢ Indoor unit function setting NOTE: Perform this setting on the master remote controller. While displaying the function setting screen, press the TEMP. “ ” or TEMP. “ ” button to se- lect the 2-wire remote controller address. Function setting screen Example: Selecting the 2-wire remote controller address (002-03) Press the START/STOP...
  • Page 689 To return to the 2-wire remote controller address selection screen, press the START/STOP button. If setting has been completed, press FAN “ ” button to return to the Menu 2-F1 item selection screen. When returning to the 2-wire remote Setting completed and returning to controller address selection screen the Menu 2-F1 item selection screen RELATED LINKS...

  • Page 690: Indoor Unit (Setting By Uty-Rsku, Uty-Rhku)

    2-7. Indoor unit (setting by UTY-RSKU, UTY-RHKU) CAUTION This setting changes the function settings used to control the indoor unit according to the installa- tion conditions. Incorrect settings can cause a product malfunction. • After the power is turned on, perform the “Function setting” according to the installation conditions using the remote controller.
  • Page 691 ¢ Indoor unit function setting In initial display of the setting mode, by pressing SET TEMP. “ ” button or SET TEMP. “ ” button, select a remote controller address. (Select the indoor unit you want to operate.) Remote controller address Initial display of Example: When remote controller address address setting mode...
  • Page 692 Confirm the setting by pressing the START/STOP button. The data will be transferred to the indoor unit. GOOD ERROR • When the setting is properly set up on the indoor unit, the set number will be displayed. (GOOD) • When the setting is not set up correctly, “- -” is displayed. (ERROR) Back to the previous step and perform the setting again.

  • Page 693: Indoor Unit (Setting By Uty-Rnruz)

    2-8. Indoor unit (setting by UTY-RNRUZ) CAUTION This setting changes the function settings used to control the indoor unit according to the installa- tion conditions. Incorrect settings can cause a product malfunction. • After the power is turned on, perform the “Function setting” according to the installation conditions using the remote controller.
  • Page 694 Address screen is displayed. Select the address of the indoor unit whose function number is to be set by touching “ ” or “ ”. When setting at all the indoor units, touch “All”. Address 002–01 Cancel When “OK” is touched, the display returns to the Function Setting screen. Touch “Function No.”...
  • Page 695 Touch “Yes” on the verification screen. Function Settung Function setting will be performed. OK? GOOD ERROR Function Setting Function Setting Address [002–01] Address [002–01] Function No. [30] Function No. [30] Setting No. [01] Setting No. [ – ] Back Setting Back Setting •...

  • Page 696: Function Details

    2-9. Function details Function Factory Function Setting number Details number setting Standard ♦ Filter Adjusts the filter cleaning interval notification. If the indicator Longer notification is too early, change to setting “01”. If the interval notification is too late, change to setting “02”. Shorter Enable ♦...
  • Page 697 Function Factory Function Setting number Details number setting Standard ♦ Adjusts the cool air trigger temperature. To make the trigger temperature lower than the Cool air Adjust (1) standard temperature, use setting “01”. temperature trigger Adjust (2) To make the trigger temperature higher than the standard temperature, use setting “02”.
  • Page 698 Function Factory Function Setting number Details number setting Mode 0 ♦ Sets this function when connected to external devices such as the VRF system ventilator, economizer, Mode 1 humidifier, etc. Mode 2 The connection terminal functions can be changed Switching Mode 3 depending on the type of external device.
  • Page 699 Function Factory Function Setting number Details number setting Setting 0 ♦ Setting 1 Setting 2 Setting 3 Setting 4 Setting 5 Setting 6 Sets the temperature conditions when the external Setting 7 Control heater is on. Setting 8 switching of For the temperature conditions, refer to "Temperature external...
  • Page 700 Function Factory Function Setting number Details number setting Disabled ♦ Enables or disables the external heater use in defrosting. External heater use NOTE: When using function number 75, Enabled in defrosting inappropriate heater selection may cause cold air in defrosting. Range of static pressure mode by model Model name Range of static pressure mode...

  • Page 701: Wired Remote Controller (Uty-Rnku)

    2-10. Wired remote controller (UTY-RNKU) Prohibited Dual remote controller setting Prohibited DIP switch 1 Fahrenheit (°F)/Celsius (°C) setting Prohibited Memory backup setting (Only for wired remote controller) DIP switch 2 Do not use. (All switches fixed at OFF.) ¢ Switch location Front case (back side) DIP Switch 2 DIP Switch 1...
  • Page 702 • SW3: Setting prohibited Factory setting Fixed at OFF ♦ Setting prohibited • SW4: Fahrenheit (°F)/Celsius (°C) setting Factory setting Celsius (°C) Fahrenheit (°F) ♦ • SW5: Setting prohibited Factory setting Fixed at OFF ♦ Setting prohibited • SW6: Memory backup setting (Only for wired remote controller) Set to “ON”...

  • Page 703: Simple Remote Controller (Uty-Rsku, Uty-Rhku)

    2-11. Simple remote controller (UTY-RSKU, UTY-RHKU) Prohibited Dual remote controller setting Fahrenheit (°F)/Celsius (°C) setting DIP switch 1 Prohibited Prohibited Prohibited DIP switch 2 Do not use. (All switches fixed at OFF.) ¢ Switch location DIP Switch * Number of buttons differs by model. ¢...
  • Page 704 • SW4: Setting prohibited Factory setting Fixed at OFF ♦ Setting prohibited • SW5: Setting prohibited Factory setting Fixed at OFF ♦ Setting prohibited • SW6: Setting prohibited Factory setting Fixed at OFF ♦ Setting prohibited - (07-104) - 2-11. Simple remote controller (UTY-RSKU, UTY-RHKU) 2.

  • Page 705: Touch Panel Controller

    2-12. Touch panel controller ¢ Address setting 1. Display the Installer Setting screen, and press “Change” button of “1. The Controller Ad- dress Number Setting”. 2. If it changes to “1. The controller Address Number Setting” screen, press “01” button of Ad- dress No., and then press “OK”...

  • Page 706: Central Remote Controller (Uty-Dcgy)

    2-13. Central remote controller (UTY-DCGY) ¢ Address setting 1. Display the Installer Setting screen, and press the button to move the cursor to “Cen- tral Controller Address Setting”. Central Controller Address Setting 2. Press the button. 3. Press the UP button or Down button. 4.

  • Page 707: Central Remote Controller (Uty-Dcgyz1)

    2-14. Central remote controller (UTY-DCGYZ1) ¢ DIP switch setting DIP switch Memory backup setting  Switch location Front case (back side) Set the DIP switch to ON  Memory backup setting DIP switch Factory setting Disabled ♦ Enabled ¢ Address setting 1.
  • Page 708 4. Tap the address list “00” to “15”. NOTES: • Address No. can be set between “00” and “15”. (Up to 16 of this controller can be installed in 1 system.) • When installing 2 or more controllers, set up so that Address No. does not overlap. •...

  • Page 709: Wired Remote Controller (Touch Panel)

    2-15. Wired remote controller (Touch panel) ¢ Remote controller address confirmation When “R.C. Address Setting” on the Maintenance screen is touched, Installer Password Verification screen is displayed. Enter the Installer Password, and touch “OK”. R.C. Address Setting screen is displayed. R.C.address (Unit No.) Maintenance...
  • Page 710 When the “Close” on the message screen is touched, the display returns to the R.C. Address Setting screen. Turn on the power again. Manual Addressing Setting is reflected after the power is turned on again. Close NOTES: • Perform manual address setting only when setting the address with an arbitrary number. Indoor unit remote controller address setting is necessary.
  • Page 711 ¢ Master or slave setting of remote controller Touch “RC Master/Slave Setting” on the Initial Setting screen. Initial Setting Page 3/ 3 RC Master/ Slave Setting Previous Back Page RC Master/Slave Setting screen is displayed. Select “Master” or “Slave”. R.C. Master / Slave Setting Master Slave Cancel...
  • Page 712 When the “Yes” on the verification screen of indoor unit verification is touched, all indoor units will stop, and the verification mode starts. I.U. Address Verification Indoor unit position will be checked. OK? When indoor unit position verification ends, a screen displaying the indoor units in a list is dis- played.

  • Page 713: Simple Remote Controller (Uty-Rsry, Uty-Rhry)

    2-16. Simple remote controller (UTY-RSRY, UTY-RHRY) ¢ Remote controller address confirmation Select the “15” in Menu 2-F1 Settings. Then press the “ ” button. You can check current allocation of 2-wire remote controller address (system number and unit number). System number Address automatically Unit number allocated...
  • Page 714 Press the “ ” button. If there is no problem, return to Menu 2-F1 items selection screen. In the case of settings at initial booting, display Monitor mode screen. If there is 0 or more than 2 Master units, the number will be displayed. •...

  • Page 715: Network Convertor (Uty-Vtgx)

    2-17. Network convertor (UTY-VTGX) ¢ Switch location Set the rotary switches (SET1) and DIP switches (SET2, SET3) on the network convertor PCB. SET2 SET3 SET1 ¢ Rotary switch setting • SET1: Refrigerant circuit address setting Rotary switch setting Refrigerant circuit address SET1 (x10) SET1 (x1)
  • Page 716 ¢ DIP switch setting • SET2-1: Terminal resistance setting When there is no other terminal resistance in the network segment to which the convertor is connected, set to “ON”. SET2-1 Terminal resistance Factory setting Enable Disable ♦ • SET2-2: Setting prohibited Factory setting Fixed at OFF ♦...

  • Page 717: Network Convertor (Uty-Vggxz1)

    2-18. Network convertor (UTY-VGGXZ1) ¢ Switch location Set the rotary switches (SW110, SW111) on the network convertor PCB. SW110 SW111 ¢ Rotary switch setting • Convertor address setting for Group remote controller Rotary switch setting Convertor address SW110 SW111 (Example) (10 digit) (1 digit) NOTES:...
  • Page 718 • Refrigerant circuit address setting for split system Rotary switch setting Refrigerant circuit address SW110 SW111 (Example) (10 digit) (1 digit) NOTES: • Setting range: 00 to 99 (Arbitrary numbers can be set.) • When connecting the Network convertor for single split air conditioner, set up the number so that the refrigerant circuit address number of the outdoor unit and indoor unit does not overlap.

  • Page 719: Signal Amplifier

    2-19. Signal amplifier ¢ Switch location SW3 SW4 ¢ Automatic address setting Refer to "Automatic address setting of signal amplifier" on page 07-50. ¢ Manual address setting 1. Turn on the power for the signal amplifier. 2. While holding down SW4 (the set button), press and release SW7 (the reset button) to en- ter the address setting mode.
  • Page 720 4. Press SW3 (the mode button) to select the address. The displayed address changes as follows each SW3 button is pressed. When the manual setting is selected, the indicators change as follows: Filter mode: OFF Filter mode: ON Example: Address No.5 is selected •...

  • Page 721: Modbus Convertor For Vrf

    2-20. Modbus convertor for VRF ¢ Switch location Set the rotary switch (SET1) and DIP switches (SET2, 4, 5, 6, 7) on the PCB. SET2 SET7 SET6 SET5 SET4 SET1 ¢ Rotary switch setting • SET1: Modbus convertor remote controller address setting Rotary switch setting Refrigerant circuit address...
  • Page 722 ¢ DIP switch setting • SET2-1: VRF terminal resistance setting When there is no outdoor unit or signal amplifier in the VRF network segment to which the convertor is connected, set to “ON”. SET2-1 VRF terminal resistance Factory setting Enable Disable ♦...
  • Page 723 • SET6-4: Modbus communication baud rate setting Mod bus communication baud SET6-4 Factory setting rate 9,600 bps ♦ 19,200 bps • SET7-1, 7-2, 7-3: Setting prohibited SET7-1, 2, 3 Factory setting Fixed at OFF ♦ Setting prohibited • SET7-4: Terminal resistance setting Terminal resistance of Modbus communication can be set.

  • Page 724: Network Convertor For Lonworks

    2-21. Network convertor for LonWorks ¢ Switch location SW3 SW4 ¢ Address setting Following steps are necessary for setting address of Network convertor. For Touch panel controller, Central remote controller, Network convertor for Group remote con- troller, Modbus convertor, and Network convertor for LonWorks connected in same VRF network system, set an exclusive address on each device.

  • Page 725: Thermostat Convertor

    2-22. Thermostat convertor ¢ Switch location Set the rotary switch (SET1) and DIP switches (SET2, 4, 5, 6, 7) on the PCB. <GRN> <ORG><RED> <BLU> LED1 LED2 LED3 LED4 SET2 SET3 ¢ DIP switch setting • SET1: 2WIRE/3WIRE setting Remote controller 2WIRE/3WIRE switching SW Factory setting: 2WIRE Set matched with the connection method of the remote controller cable to be connected.
  • Page 726 • SET3-1: Single-stage or Two-stage setting SET3-1 Contents Factory setting Temperature setting: Single-stage ♦ Temperature setting: Two-stage – When SET3-1 is set to “OFF” (Single-stage setting) • SET3-2: Cooling setting temperature Cooling setting Factory temperature: °F (°C) SET3-2 Remarks setting Stage 1 64 (18) Pattern 1...
  • Page 727 • SET2-2, 2-3: Delay off setting Delay off setting is the function to operate continuously even after reaching to the set tempera- ture of thermostat. This function may make air conditioning efficient. Set the delay off time by SET2-3 and SET2-4. SET2-3 SET2-4 Delay off time...

  • Page 728: Duct Static Pressure Setting

    2-23. Duct static pressure setting ¢ Mini duct type, Slim duct/Slim concealed floor type, Medium static pressure duct type, and 72TLAV1 and 96TLAV in High static pressure duct type When the external static pressure is different from the normal static pressure, change the airflow set- ting.

  • Page 729: Administrative Indoor Unit Setting

    2-24. Administrative indoor unit setting An indoor unit which decides the priority mode (cooling or heating) in a same refrigerant system can be set as an administrative indoor unit. NOTE: Administrative indoor unit can be set to only 1 unit in a same refrigerant system. ¢...
  • Page 730 NOTE: For canceling the existing master unit setting and applying the master unit setting to other indoor unit, always perform the resetting of current setting first. Then perform the master unit setting to the other indoor unit. • Wired remote controller a.

  • Page 731: Energy Saving Setting On System Controller

    2-25. Energy saving setting on System controller By installing System controller or System controller lite, energy saving function using electricity me- ters can be performed. ¢ Features of energy saving function • Power consumption graph Displays the power consumption measured by the electricity meter connected to the air condition- er by bar graph, and makes it easier to understand the power consumption conditions.
  • Page 732 – Indoor units can be changed in turn according to the stoppage rate set for each group. Group A Group B Group C Group D *The indoor unit operation stoppage rate can be selected from 10% to 30%. Without control With control Time Time...
  • Page 733 • Peak cut operation Reduces the power consumption by setting a specific target value (maximum average power [kW]) for all the air conditioners and controlling operation so that this value is not exceeded. Limit control is performed in 3 steps of “Step 1: Set temperature shift” → “Step 2: Thermostat OFF” →...
  • Page 734 ¢ General setting flow for energy saving and electricity charge apportionment using electricity meter Description mentioned here is an example of general setting flow for performing an energy saving function and an electricity charge apportionment function using an electricity meter. NOTE: Layout of the outdoor units and indoor units, combination of the remote controller group, and other design shall be performed separately from the following steps.
  • Page 735 ¢ Operation example Breakdown of electricity charges in general and the corresponding operation of the system for each item is as follows. Operation status is checked by power consumption graph display. Electric charge (power consumption) = Basic charge + Usage charge + Demand charge Reduced by indoor unit Reduced by outdoor unit Reduced by peak cut control...
  • Page 736 • Failure, etc.: An energy saving function operates only when the related units are operating normally. When the power of the electricity meter and the outdoor units connected to an electricity meter and the Sys- tem controller is turned off due to a failure, etc. the energy saving function will not operate normal- •...

  • Page 737: Electricity Charge Apportionment Setting (System Controller, Touch Panel Controller)

    2-26. Electricity charge apportionment setting (System controller, Touch panel controller) Electricity meters are required to use an electricity charge apportionment function. To perform the functions mentioned here, one of the controller listed below is required: • System controller • System controller lite •...
  • Page 738 ¢ Electrical wiring • Electricity meter connection composition To perform energy saving peak cut control, basically, electricity meters with pulse transmission function measuring all the power consumed by the air conditioner are necessary. Multiple meters installations are also possible as long as the number of electricity meters is within the specified limit.
  • Page 739 • Outdoor unit connection interface (CN135) or touch panel controller connection interface (TM201 CH1) to electricity meter Item Specifications Remarks “a” contacts: ON when shorted Interface Dry contact “a” contacts Width: 50 ms or more Specifications Interval: 50 ms or more Units 1 kWh/pulse (pulse units) recommended.
  • Page 740 • Installation examples of electricity meter – Installation example for each refrigerant system: Electric substation 3-phase electric power: 1st floor air conditioner Refrigerant system 1 equipment Single-phase electric power: (Refrigerant system 1) (Heat pump type) MBK: Main Breaker SBK: Sub Breaker Whm: Electricity meter –...
  • Page 741 ¢ Installation restriction and requirement of electricity meter • Functions that requires installation of electricity meter To use the following functions, use an electricity meter: – Electricity charge apportionment Install for operation using an electricity meter. (Operation without an electricity meter is also pos- sible.) When using an electricity meter, an electricity meter must be installed for all the units which per- form apportionment calculation.
  • Page 742 • Installation abstract Electricity meter connection methods mentioned here can be adapted for the System controller and Touch panel controller (TPC). However, the setting restrictions mentioned here must be ob- served. – Multiple VRF networks can be connected to 1 electricity meter. (with network crossover) NOTE: Combination of UTY-ALGXZ1 and UTY-PLGXE2 does not multiple VRF networks.
  • Page 743 TPC1 management range Whm I/F TPC1 Connect the electricity meter that measures the units managed by the appropriate TPC to the electricity meter I/F belonging to the TPC main unit. Whm I/F TPC2 TPC2 management range TPC1 management range TPC1 Whm I/F Whm I/F TPC2...
  • Page 744 – Installation crossing over refrigerant system is possible. – Outdoor unit/indoor unit mixed in 1 electricity meter is possible. – There are no restrictions on outdoor units which connect an electricity meter. An arbitrary electricity meter can be connected to an arbitrary outdoor unit. - (07-144) - 2-26.
  • Page 745 • Installation restriction Install electricity meters in accordance with the following restrictions: – Install an electricity meter only to air conditioners which are the target of the function. When electric lights and other OA equipment are connected to the electricity meter, also their power consumptions are calculated.
  • Page 746 – Installation of electricity meter which divides remote control groups is prohibited. Remote controller group Remote controller group – Installation of electricity meter which crosses the contract is prohibited. When an electricity meter is used by electricity charge apportionment function, install the elec- tricity meter so that it does not cross over the “contract setting”...
  • Page 747 – When performing apportionment calculation using electricity meter The electricity meter shall be connected to the necessary air conditioners which are the target of calculation by the electricity charge apportionment function. When an electricity meter is not connected, electricity charge apportionment calculation using an electricity meter may not be possible.
  • Page 748 – Electricity apportionment for DX kit [When electricity meter not connected] The following units can be linked to the DX-Kit, by using external output terminals. [A]: External fan [B]: Units linked to run/stop state external output At electricity apportionment, the DX-Kit itself and units [A] and [B] mentioned above can be han- dled.
  • Page 749 Units other than [A] and [B] must not be connected to an electricity meter together with other indoor units. If connected, the electricity amount of DDC, damper and heater is also charged to the other indoor units. DX kit [B] External fan The electricity meter is installed so that the units other than [A], [B] and indoor units [A] Run/stop state...
  • Page 750 • When electricity meter used is specified in pulse units The connection configuration is shown below. System controller Electricity meter Pulse transmission line to CN135 to CN135 Measurement (PT) line Outdoor unit 3ø Power cable 1ø Indoor unit Pulse unit Measurement (PT) reference...
  • Page 751 • When electricity meter used is specified by pulse constant The connection configuration is shown below. For the electricity meter specified by pulse constant, the power consumption indicated by output pulse must be corrected by VT/CT ratio. In this case, the settings are as follows: Set point Set item Set value...
  • Page 752 - (07-152) - 2-26. Electricity charge apportionment setting (System controller, Touch panel 2. Function settings controller)
  • Page 753 8. EXTERNAL INPUT AND OUTPUT 2019.11.01 DV_CH08_J3LU061EF_02...
  • Page 754 CONTENTS 8. EXTERNAL INPUT AND OUTPUT 1. Design precautions ..................08-1 2. Outdoor unit ....................08-2 2-1. Component location......................08-2 2-2. Wiring specifications.......................08-3 2-3. External input........................08-3 2-4. External output .......................08-5 2-5. Optional parts .........................08-6 2-6. Function summary of outdoor unit external input/output ..........08-7 3.

  • Page 755: Design Precautions

    1. Design precautions Cable length regulations: Maximum length for each cable in-between the units are as follows: Connected unit Cable Max. length = L L : ft (m) Type Input Output Outdoor unit 492 (150) 492 (150) Indoor unit 492 (150) 82 (25) Touch panel controller 82 (25)

  • Page 756: Outdoor Unit

    2. Outdoor unit External input and output functions and related components are as follows: External connect kit Function Connector (Optional parts) Low noise mode CN131 Cooling/Heating priority CN132 UTY-XWZXZ6 External input Outdoor unit operation peak control CN133 Emergency/batch stop CN134 Electricity meter pulse CN135 UTY-XWZXZF...

  • Page 757: Wiring Specifications

    2-2. Wiring specifications Use an external input and output cable with appropriate external dimension, depending on the num- ber of cables to be installed. Cable type Cable size Max. cable length Twisted pair cable 492 ft (150 m) 22 AWG (0.33 mm CN131 CN132 CN133...
  • Page 758 • When function setting is Batch stop mode: Connector Input signal Command Off → On Batch stop CN134 On → Off — CN134 Batch stop Batch stop Command Operation Indoor unit (Outdoor unit) Stop Remote controller NOTES: • All indoor units of same refrigerant system stops when Batch stop operates. •...

  • Page 759: External Output

    2-4. External output Connector Output signal Status Normal CN136 (Black) DC 12 to 24 V Error Stop CN137 (Blue) DC 12 to 24 V Operation ¢ Error status This output indicates Normal or Error status of the outdoor unit and connected indoor units. As for the required wiring specifications, refer to "Wiring specifications"...

  • Page 760: Optional Parts

    ¢ Base heater This is the output signal for base heater. The output signal is on when the outdoor temperature goes down below 36°F (2°C), and signal is off at the outdoor temperature 39°F (4°C). Voltage: Power supply Base heater * CN115 input voltage (Black)

  • Page 761: Function Summary Of Outdoor Unit External Input/Output

    2-6. Function summary of outdoor unit external input/output ¢ Outdoor unit external input function Dry contact/ Apply voltage Dry contact DC 12 V — ● Emergency stop — — — — (20-01) Low noise mode operation — — — — ●...

  • Page 762: Indoor Unit

    3. Indoor unit External input and output functions and related components are as follows: External connect kit External input External output Input select Connector (Optional parts) Apply voltage CNA01 UTY-XWZXZB Control input — Dry contact CNA02 UTY-XWZXZD Apply voltage CNA03 UTY-XWZXZ7 Forced thermostat off —...

  • Page 763: Combination Of External Input And Output

    3-1. Combination of external input and output External input External output CNA01 CNA03 Function CNB01 Situation CNA02 CNA04 setting Output 1 Output 2 Output 3 Output 4 EXT. IN1 EXT. IN2 Pins 1-2 Pins 1-3 Pins 1-4 Pins 1-5 Indoor unit Forced External Thermostat off by...

  • Page 764: External Input

    3-2. External input • Operation/Stop, Emergency stop, or Forced stop of the indoor unit can be set by using CNA01 or CNA02 on the indoor unit PCB. • Start/Stop mode, Emergency stop mode, or Forced stop mode can be selected with function set- ting of the indoor unit.
  • Page 765 When connecting to Apply voltage terminals of multiple indoor units, be sure to make a branch outside the indoor unit using a pull box, etc. as shown in example below. DC power supply 12 to 24 V Load resistance CNA01 Load resistance CNA01...
  • Page 766 When connecting to Dry contact terminals of multiple indoor units, insulate each indoor unit with relay, etc. as shown in example below. CNA02 CNA02 Input device 1 CNA02 Input device 2 K1 to K6: Relay (Device for DC current) CAUTION Do not connect to multiple indoor units directly since it will cause breakdown.
  • Page 767 ¢ Control input function NOTES: • The latest command has priority. • The indoor units within the same remote controller group are operated in the same mode. • When function setting is Operation/Stop mode – In case of Edge input: Function Channel DIP switch...
  • Page 768 • When function setting is Emergency stop mode NOTE: All the indoor units in the same refrigerant system stop when Emergency stop is operated. – In case of Edge input: Function Channel DIP switch Connector Input signal Command setting Emergency Off →...
  • Page 769 • When function setting is Forced stop mode NOTE: If it enters the Forced stop mode once, the indoor unit stops and Operation/Stop operation by a remote controller will be restricted. – In case of Edge input: Function Channel DIP switch Connector Input signal Command...
  • Page 770 • Considerations when setting Forced stop CAUTION When Forced stop function is used with forming a remote controller group, connect the same equipment to each indoor unit within the group. Connection example: Remote controller group DC power supply Wired or Simple 12 to 24 V remote controller Load...
  • Page 771 ¢ Forced thermostat off function NOTE: When the signal is received from another unit on the refrigerant circuit, there may be a de- lay in thermostat off function at the unit. • Edge input only Function setting Connector Channel no. Input signal Command 60-00...
  • Page 772 [System diagram example] External controller Relay External input wire Outdoor thermistor Indoor unit Indoor thermistor Indoor Outdoor temperature temperature 88˚F Damper motor 82˚F (31˚C) (28˚C) Except indoor unit and External wire (service parts) are procured at field. [Operation status] Outdoor temp. < Indoor temp.: On Signal detected by external controller Outdoor temp.
  • Page 773 [Function setting of indoor unit] Indoor unit continues appropriate operation until Forced thermostat off signal is received, at condi- tion which are set by central and individual controller or detected by thermo sensors of the indoor unit. Once the Forced thermostat off signal is received, the indoor unit start operation under fan mode.
  • Page 774 • Example 2: – Individual connection – Function setting for Fan setting when cooling thermostat off Number 49-01 (Stop) Forced thermostat off is one of the energy-saving functions. For example, when using ventilator at condition of the outdoor temperature is lower than the indoor temperature, indoor unit of air condi- tioner stops based on the received signal from external controller.
  • Page 775 [Operation status] Outdoor temp. < Indoor temp.: On Signal detected by external controller Outdoor temp. > Indoor temp.: Off Forced thermostat off Command from external controller Normal Open Close Indoor unit Normal means that the indoor unit continues appropriate operation until Forced thermostat off sig- nal is received, at condition which are set by central and individual controller or detected by ther- mo sensors of the indoor unit.
  • Page 776 [Example of electrical circuit] Indoor unit Dry contact external input wire Indoor unit External controller Service parts Relay CNA04 CNB01 Max. 492 ft (150 m) Item Specification Terminal CNA04 Output voltage DC 12 V Specification of external input Wire diameter 22 AWG (0.33 mm ), Twisted Service part no.
  • Page 777 ¢ Input function of fresh air conditioner for external control module External module is the module that reduces or stops the cooling operation ratio of the air conditioner by intake fresh air. (Example: Direct digital controller) NOTE: During operations other than cooling such as heating or dry, fresh air conditioner on input is disabled.
  • Page 778 [Operation status] Outdoor temp. < Indoor temp.: On Signal detected by external controller Outdoor temp. > Indoor temp.: Off [VRF cooling OFF] (EXT.IN2) Cooling thermostat on (EXT.OUT) Off Indoor unit Off Fan (Fn49-01) Off Set temp. +0.9°F (+0.5°C) Indoor temp. Set temp.
  • Page 779 ¢ Economizer input function Cooling economizer consists of ducts, dumpers, and automatic controling system. In cold or warm climate, the economizer reduces or stops the VRF comperssor, providing cooling using outside air. • Example of economizer Economizer logic module Fresh air damper Return air damper Room space Exhaust damper...
  • Page 780  Economizer 1 (Cooling 1 output + occupied) External output CNB01 Function setting Remote controller Remote controller Cooling thermostat on output UTY-RNRUZ 60-02 Output 1 Output 3 Occupied/Unoccupied Pins 1-2 Pins 1-4 60-08 status Remote controller output Occupied / Unoccupied (Occupied/Unoccupied status) status *¹...
  • Page 781 [Wiring diagram example] Indoor unit Economizer logic modules* Relay CNB01 (Coil side: DC 12V) AC power supply *: Only the terminals connected to the indoor unit are mentioned here for description. As for the connected sensor or other connections to economizer logic module, refer to the manual of the module.
  • Page 782  Economizer 2, 3 (Cooling 2 stage output + occupied) External output CNB01 Function External input Remote controller Cooling setting Remote Cooling HIGH/LOW controller thermostat on output output Output 1 Output 2 Output 3 CNA03 or CNA04 60-03 UTY-RNRUZ Pins 1-2 Pins 1-3 Pins 1-4 (EXT.
  • Page 783 Condition Operation (Enthalpy or Temperature) Operating mode Damper VRF indoor unit Outdoor Return (Free cooling) Mechanical cooling Cooling on HIGH Mechanical cooling Cooling on HIGH HIGH Free cooling only Cooling off HIGH Mechanical and free Cooling on HIGH cooling Cooling thermostat Cooling off —...
  • Page 784 [Operation status] Economizer input by external controller VRF cooling on (EXT. IN2) Cooling thermostat on (EXT. OUT) Indoor unit Cooling HIGH/LOW (EXT. OUT) Set temp. +0.9 °F (+0.5 °C) Indoor temp. Set temp. -0.9 °F (-0.5 °C) Operation start Room temperature is stable [Wiring diagram example (Economizer 2: Function setting 60-03)] Indoor unit Economizer logic...
  • Page 785 [Wiring diagram example (Economizer 3: Function setting 60-04)] Indoor unit Economizer logic modules* Relay CNB01 (Coil side: DC 12V) AC power supply Relay CNA04 (Coil side: AC 24V) *: Only the terminals connected to the indoor unit are mentioned here for description. As for the connected sensor or other connections to economizer logic module, refer to the manual of the module.
  • Page 786 ¢ Humidifier heating thermostat on function Indoor unit Function setting External output (CNB01) Installation Situation configuration (example) Heating Cool air Heating Indoor unit fan thermostat on prevention thermostat on operation status Function no: 60 Function no: 43 Output 1 60-05 Pins 1-2 Refer to Output 4...
  • Page 787 • Example 2 (In-line connection) Indoor unit fan operation status use External output: Heating thermostat on External output 3: Indoor unit fan operation status Humidifier • Example 3 (In-line connection) Disable cool air prevention function The indoor unit fan is operated at the set speed continuously. External output: Heating thermostat on Humidifier [Operation status]...

  • Page 788: External Output

    3-3. External output • A twisted pair cable 22 AWG (0.33 mm ) should be used. Maximum length of cable is . • Use an external input and output cable with appropriate external dimension, depending on the number of cables to be installed. •...
  • Page 789 ¢ Operation status (External output 1) Function setting Connector Output signal Command 60-00 0 V → 12 V Operation CNB01 (Pins 1-2) 60-06 12 V → 0 V Stop The output for CNB01 (1-2) is on when the Operation indoor unit is operating. Indoor unit Stop The output is off when the unit is stopped.
  • Page 790 ¢ External heater output (External output 4) Function setting Indoor unit Indoor unit fan Primary Auxiliary Installation Control switching Control setting for external heater heater configuration external heaters heater DIP switch Function no: 61 In-line On (Enabled) Auxiliary heater VRF heat External 61-00 control 1...
  • Page 791 Function setting Wired remote Outdoor unit controller Presence of heater selection control Primary Auxiliary Installation Sensor activation Control using outdoor unit heater heater configuration sensor UTY-RNRUZ UTY-RSRY Function no: 35 UTY-RHRY UTY-RNKU In-line — — Auxiliary heater VRF heat External control 1 pump device...
  • Page 792 Return air • Inappropriate designing and installation of external heater may cause a fire by emitted heat from the external heater. • Fujitsu General Ltd. is not responsible for inappropriate designing or installation of external heating device. - (08-38) - 3-3.
  • Page 793  Auxiliary equipment control by room temperature Auxiliary equipment control is switchable by room temperature. Auxiliary equipment switching is per- formed for each room temperature divided to following 3 zones. Zone A Ts +0.9°F (0.5 °C) Ts: Setting temperature Ts -0.9°F (0.5 °C) Tr: Room temperature Zone B Zone C...
  • Page 794  Auxiliary heater control 1 Operation Condition Heater on Heater is on as shown in following diagram of heating temperature. • Heater is off as shown in following diagram of heating temperature. • Other than heating mode Heater off • Error occurred •...
  • Page 795  Heat pump prohibition control Perform heating by external heater only. Indoor unit is continuous thermostat off. Operation Condition Heater is on as shown in following diagram of heating Heater on temperature. DIP switch 2-3 • Heater is off as shown in following diagram of heating temperature.
  • Page 796  Auxiliary heater control by outdoor temperature 1 This control selects heat pump or external heater according to the outdoor temperature. When out- door temperature is high, the heating is performed by using heat pump only. Operation Condition Heater is on as shown in following diagram of heating Heater on temperature.
  • Page 797 • Operation status 46.4°F (8°C) 42.8°F (6°C) Outdoor temperature (Factory setting) -0.4°F (-18°C) -4°F (-20°C) Heat pump Heat pump Combination zone prohibition only zone Outdoor temperature zone* zone EEV On/Off 12 V Heater DIP-SW2-3: On DIP-SW2-3: Off *: The outdoor temperature zone transition from one to another will stay in that zone for minimum of 30 min. NOTE: •...
  • Page 798  Auxiliary heater control by outdoor temperature 2 This control selects heat pump or external heater according to the outdoor temperature. Even when outdoor temperature is high, the heating is performed by using both of heat pump and external heater. Operation Condition Heater is on as shown in following diagram of heating...
  • Page 799 • Operation status 46.4°F (8°C) 42.8°F (6°C) Outdoor temperature (Factory setting) -0.4°F (-18°C) -4°F (-20°C) Heat pump Combination zone Outdoor temperature zone* prohibition zone EEV On/Off 12 V Heater DIP-SW2-3 On DIP-SW2-3 Off *: The outdoor temperature zone transition from one to another will stay in that zone for minimum of 30 min. NOTE: •...
  • Page 800  Auxiliary heater control by outdoor temperature 3 This control selects heat pump or external heater according to the outdoor temperature. Even when outdoor temperature is high, the heating is performed by using both of heat pump and external heater. Operation Condition Heater is on as shown in following diagram of heating...
  • Page 801 • Operation status Heat pump only zone 46.4°F (8°C) 42.8°F (6°C) Outdoor temperature (Factory setting) -0.4°F (-18°C) -4°F (-20°C) Combination zone Outdoor temperature zone * EEV On/Off 12 V Heater DIP-SW2-3 On DIP-SW2-3 Off *: The outdoor temperature zone transition from one to another will stay in that zone for minimum of 30 min. NOTE: •...
  • Page 802  Auxiliary heat pump control • External heater output Operation Condition Heater is on as shown in following diagram of heating Heater on temperature. DIP switch 2-3 • Heater is off as shown in following diagram of heating temperature. • Other than heating mode Indoor unit fan •...
  • Page 803  Auxiliary heat pump control by outdoor temperature 1 • External heater output Operation Condition Heater is on as shown in following diagram of heating Heater on temperature. DIP switch 2-3 • Heater is off as shown in following diagram of heating temperature.
  • Page 804 • Outdoor temperature zone Outdoor temp. Combination zone     ( Heat pump + Heater) A + 3.6°F ( 2°C): -0.4°F (-18°C) *A: -4°F (-20°C)   Heater only zone   *: Adjustable by function setting 37 for outdoor unit • Operation status 46.4°F (8°C) 42.8°F (6°C) Outdoor temperature...
  • Page 805  Auxiliary heat pump control by outdoor temperature 2 • External heater output Operation Condition Heater is on as shown in following diagram of heating Heater on temperature. DIP switch 2-3 • Heater is off as shown in following diagram of heating temperature.
  • Page 806 • Outdoor temperature zone Outdoor temp. Heater only zone B + 3.6°F (2°C): 46.4°F (8°C) *B: 42.8°F (6°C) Combination zone (Heat pump + Heater) *: Adjustable by function setting 37 for outdoor unit • Operation status Heat pump prohibition zone 46.4°F (8°C) 42.8°F (6°C) Outdoor temperature...
  • Page 807  Auxiliary heat pump control by outdoor temperature 3 • External heater output Operation Condition Heater is on as shown in following diagram of heating Heater on temperature. DIP switch 2-3 • Heater is off as shown in following diagram of heating temperature.
  • Page 808 • Outdoor temperature zone Outdoor temp. Heater only zone     B + 3.6°F (2°C): 46.4°F (8°C) B: 42.8°F (6°C)*   Combination zone   (Heat pump + Heater) A + 3.6°F (2°C): -0.4°F (-18°C) A: -4°F (-20°C)*   Heater only zone  ...

  • Page 809: Function Summary Of Indoor Unit External Input And Output

    3-4. Function summary of indoor unit external input and output ¢ Indoor unit external input function Dry contact/ Apply voltage Dry contact DC 12 V Apply voltage ● ● Operation/Stop — — (46-00) (46-00) ● ● Emergency stop — — (46-01) (46-01) Function...

  • Page 810: Optional Parts

    3-5. Optional parts External connect kit Model name Exterior Q’ty Usage For forced thermostat off port. UTY-XWZXZ7 (Apply voltage terminal) UTY-XWZXZC For output port. For control input port. UTY-XWZXZB (Apply voltage terminal) For control input port. UTY-XWZXZD (Dry contact terminal) For forced thermostat off port.

  • Page 811: Controller

    4. Controller RELATED LINKS "Touch panel controller" on page 08-57 "Central remote controller (UTY-DCGY)" on page 08-63 "Function summary of controller external input/output" on page 08-75 4-1. Touch panel controller External input and output functions and related components are as follows: External connect kit External input External output...
  • Page 812 • TM201 (CN411): Dry contact terminal When a power supply is unnecessary at the input device you want to connect, use the Dry contact terminal TM201 (CN411). Connection example 1: When the switch is connected TM201 Short circuit detection resistance (R ): ≤...
  • Page 813 • TM201 (CN412): Apply voltage terminal When a power supply must be provided at the input device you want to connect, use the Apply voltage terminal TM201 (CN412). Connection exampla1: When the switch is connected DC power supply 12 to 24 V TM201 Connection exampla2: When the electricity meter is connected DC power supply...
  • Page 814  Selecting the function The function of the external input terminals is disabled at the time of factory shipment. Select the function to be used by installer setting of application. Turn on the power and select by installer setting after starting the application. Emergency stop Edge/Pulse All on/All off...
  • Page 815 • In case of Pulse input: Terminal Channel no. Input signal Command All on / Emergency stop TM201 Pulse All off / Normal The width of pulse must be longer than 300 msec. TM201 All on / Emergency stop Indoor unit All off / Normal - (08-61) - 4-1.
  • Page 816 ¢ External output Connector Output voltage Status All indoor units: Stop Pins 1-2 DC 12 V One or more indoor units: Operation CN410 (Black) Normal Pins 3-4 DC 12 V Error DC power supply 12 V * Connected load Connected load CN410 Connected unit (Black)

  • Page 817: Central Remote Controller (Uty-Dcgy)

    4-2. Central remote controller (UTY-DCGY) External input and output functions and related components are as follows: External connect kit External input External output Input select Connector (Optional parts) Dry contact CN6, CN7 UTY-XWZXZ7 Control input — Apply voltage CN11, CN12 UTY-XWZXZ8 —...
  • Page 818 • CN11 and CN12: Apply voltage terminal When a power supply must be provided at the input device you want to connect, connect to CN11 and CN12. DC power supply 24 V Connected unit CN11 CN12 (White) (Green) Make the power supply DC 24 V. Select a power supply capacity with an ample sur- plus for the connected load.
  • Page 819  Input signal type The input signal type can be selected by using Central remote controller interface. To select the input signal type, do as follows: 1. Press the button and move the cursor to the “Operation” menu. • Emergency Stop button: Enables Emergency stop by external input •...
  • Page 820 • In case of Pulse input: Connector Input signal Command CN6 or CN11 Off → On All on / Emergency stop CN7 or CN12 Off → On All off / Normal The width of pulse must be longer than 300 msec. CN6 or CN11 CN7 or CN12 All on / Emergency stop...
  • Page 821 ¢ External output Connector Output voltage Status All indoor units: Stop Pins 3-4 DC 12 V One or more indoor units: Operation CN9 (Black) Normal Pins 1-2 DC 12 V Error DC power supply 12 V * Connected load Connected load Connected unit CN9 (Black) Provide a DC 12 V power supply.
  • Page 822 ¢ Optional parts External connect kit Model name Exterior Q’ty Usage Edge Pulse For control input port. UTY-XWZXZ7 (Dry contact terminal) Edge Pulse For control input port. UTY-XWZXZ8 (Apply voltage terminal) UTY-XWZXZA For output port. - (08-68) - 4-2. Central remote controller (UTY-DCGY) 4.

  • Page 823: Central Remote Controller (Uty-Dcgyz1)

    4-3. Central remote controller (UTY-DCGYZ1) External input and output functions and related components are as follows: External connect kit External input External output Input select Connector (Optional parts) Dry contact CN12, CN13 UTY-XWZXZ7 Control input — Apply voltage CN14, CN15 UTY-XWZXZ8 Operation status —...
  • Page 824 • CN14 (Ch1) and CN15 (Ch2): Apply voltage terminal When a power supply must be provided at the input device you want to connect, connect to CN14 (Ch1) and CN15 (Ch2). Power supply DC 24 V CN14 (Ch1, White) CN15 (Ch2, Black) Make the power supply DC 24 V.
  • Page 825  Input signal type The input signal type can be selected by using Central remote controller interface. To select the input signal type, do as follows: 1. Tap Menu button. 2. Tap “Installer Setting”. 3. Tap “External Input Setting”. 4. Tap “Operation” and select following operation for external input. •...
  • Page 826  Control input function • In case of Edge input: Connector Input signal Command Off → On All on / Emergency stop CN12 (Ch1) or CH14 (Ch1) On → Off All off / Normal CN12 (Ch1) or CH14 (Ch1) Off All on / Emergency stop Indoor unit All off / Normal...
  • Page 827 ¢ External output Terminal Output voltage Status One or more indoor units: Operation DC 12 V All indoor units: Stop CN18 Error DC 12 V Normal DC power supply 12 V * Connected load Connected load Connected unit CN18 Provide a DC 12 V power supply. Select a power supply capacity with an ample surplus for the connected load.
  • Page 828 ¢ Optional parts External connect kit Model name Exterior Q’ty Usage Edge Pulse For control input port. UTY-XWZXZ7 (Dry contact terminal) Edge Pulse For control input port. UTY-XWZXZ8 (Apply voltage terminal) UTY-XWZXZA For output port. - (08-74) - 4-3. Central remote controller (UTY-DCGYZ1) 4.

  • Page 829: Function Summary Of Controller External Input/Output

    4-4. Function summary of controller external input/output ¢ Controller external input function Touch panel controller (UTY-DTGYZ1) Dry contact/ Apply voltage Dry contact Apply voltage ● ● Emergency stop (Screen icon) (Screen icon) Function ● ● All on / All off (Screen icon) (Screen icon) TM201...
  • Page 830 Central remote controller (UTY-DCGYZ1) Dry contact/ Apply voltage Dry contact Apply voltage ● ● Emergency stop (Screen icon) (Screen icon) Function ● ● All on / All off (Screen icon) (Screen icon) CN12 CN14 (Ch1: Pin 1-2) (Ch1: Pin 1-3) CN12 CN14 Terminal...
  • Page 831 9. NOTES 2019.11.01 DV_CH09_J3LU061EF_04...
  • Page 832 CONTENTS 9. NOTES 1. Refrigerant leakage caution ...............09-1 1-1. Introduction........................09-1 1-2. Checking concentration limit...................09-2 1-3. Refrigerant concentration countermeasures..............09-4 2. Installation precautions ................09-5 2-1. Indoor unit installation precautions .................09-5 2-2. Outdoor unit installation precautions ................09-8 3. Compatibility of VRF system..............09-9 3-1. Compatibility of controller system ...................09-9 3-2.

  • Page 833: Refrigerant Leakage Caution

    1. Refrigerant leakage caution The system designer and installer are to ensure that the system adhere to all local regulations re- garding refrigerant leakage. 1-1. Introduction Designing VRF systems requires special attention to codes and standards relating to Refrigeration Concentration Limit (RCL). The RCL is intended to “reduce the risks of acute toxicity, asphyxiation and flammability hazards in normally occupied, enclosed spaces”.

  • Page 834: Checking Concentration Limit

    1-2. Checking concentration limit Check concentration limit following step 1 and 2, and take appropriate measures depending on the situation. Calculate amount of refrigerant per refrigerant system. Unit: lb (kg) Amount of refrigerant Amount of additional Total amount of refrigerant in system refrigerant system...
  • Page 835 Calculate refrigerant concentration from the results of step 1 and 2. Total amount of refrigerant in refrigerant system Unit: lb (kg) Refrigerant concentration (R410A) ≤ Unit: lb/ft (kg/m Capacity of smallest room where indoor unit is installed Unit: ft When the result of calculation exceeds the limiting concentration, perform the same calculation by shifting to second smallest, and the third smallest rooms until the final result is below the limiting concentration.

  • Page 836: Refrigerant Concentration Countermeasures

    1-3. Refrigerant concentration countermeasures When the concentration limit is exceeded, the designer will need to change the original design or use one of the countermeasures below to reduce potential exposure to refrigerant. Always consult local codes to ensure proper design. •...

  • Page 837: Installation Precautions

    2. Installation precautions 2-1. Indoor unit installation precautions NOTE: The information listed below are general precautions. Some models also include items that do not apply. ¢ Places where prohibited for use • Places where there is a danger of combustible gas leakage. •...
  • Page 838 ¢ Points to remember when installing • The product shall be installed at a place which can withstand the weight and vibration of the in- door. • To allow maintenance after refrigerant piping, drain piping, and electric wiring connection and in- stallation, provide an installation service space and an inspection port, as required.
  • Page 839 Condition Contents Countermeasures (Reference) When installing It may generate noise in TV sets, stereos and PCs. The inverter type should be installed the inverter at a sufficient distance from these type. equipments. Condition which requires addition of outside heat insulation Relative humidity 80 % Dry bulb temperature 86 °F (30 °C) Figure 2-1 Moist air curve...

  • Page 840: Outdoor Unit Installation Precautions

    2-2. Outdoor unit installation precautions NOTE: The information listed below are general precautions. Some models also include items that do not apply. ¢ Places where prohibited for use • Places where there is a danger of combustible gas leakage. • Places where sulfur gas, chlorine gas, acid, alkali, or other matter which effects equipment is gen- erated.

  • Page 841: Compatibility Of Vrf System

    3. Compatibility of VRF system RELATED LINKS "Outdoor unit and indoor unit lineup" in Chapter 1. GENERAL INFORMATION on page 01-1 "Optional parts" in Chapter 1. GENERAL INFORMATION on page 01-5 "Indoor unit type and applicable control method" in Chapter 5. CONTROL SYSTEM on page 05-7 "Applicable parts"...
  • Page 842 Individual controller • Exterior Part name Model name All series of outdoor unit Office Fri 10:00AM Wired remote Mode Set Temp. ○ Cool 80°F Custom Auto Auto Heat 74°F controller (Touch UTY-RNRUZ Room Temp. Cool 84°F Away 76°F Heat 68°F Vacation Status Menu...
  • Page 843 Exterior Part name Model name All series of outdoor unit Wireless remote ○ UTY-LNHU controller *: It is not connectable with indoor units of previous model. - (09-11) - 3-1. Compatibility of controller system 3. Compatibility of VRF system...

  • Page 844: Compatibility Of Adapter/Convertor/Maintenance Tool

    3-2. Compatibility of adapter/convertor/maintenance tool Exterior Part name Model name All series of outdoor unit ○ Network convertor UTY-VTGX ○ Network convertor UTY-VGGXZ1 Network convertor for ○ UTY-VLGX LonWorks Modbus convertor for ○ UTY-VMGX ○ Thermostat convertor UTY-TTRX BACnet gateway ○...
  • Page 845 Exterior Part name Model name All series of outdoor unit ○ Service tool UTY-ASGXZ1 ○ Web monitoring tool UTY-AMGXZ1 • *: Different VRF series may be connected for each of the 4 VRF networks supported by the prod- uct, but different series may not coexist within the same network. (VR-II, V-II, J-II, J-IIS, and J-IIIL can exist together in same network.

  • Page 846: About Connection Between Series

    4. About connection between series 4-1. Piping connection NOTES: • Connection over different series in same refrigerant system is prohibited. • Mixed connection of 230 V series and 460 V series is prohibited. Example 1 (OK) • Refrigerant system 1 VR-II Outdoor unit Separation tube...

  • Page 847: Wiring Connection

    4-2. Wiring connection NOTES: • Connection over different series in same refrigerant system is prohibited. • Mixed connection of 230 V series and 460 V series is prohibited. Example 1 (OK) • When wiring to each refrigerant system VRF network system Refrigerant system 1 VR-II Outdoor unit...
  • Page 848 Example 2 (OK) • When stepping over, and wiring to the refrigerant system VRF network system Refrigerant system 1 VR-II Outdoor unit Transmission line RB unit Master Slave Slave Refrigerant system 2 J-II Outdoor unit Transmission line Transmission line Refrigerant system 3 V-II Outdoor unit Transmission line...
  • Page 849 Example 3 (Prohibited) • NOTE: Slave units of V series and J series cannot be connected. VRF network system Refrigerant system 1 VR-II Outdoor unit Transmission line RB unit Master Slave Slave Refrigerant system 2 Transmission line V-II Outdoor unit Transmission line Master Slave...
  • Page 850 - (09-18) - 4-2. Wiring connection 4. About connection between series...
  • Page 851 10. OPTIONAL PARTS 2019.11.01 DV_CH10_VR2E018EF_05...
  • Page 852 CONTENTS 10. OPTIONAL PARTS 1. Separation tube ...................10-1 1-1. Connection capacity .......................10-1 1-2. Dimensions........................10-2 2. Header ......................10-4 2-1. Connection capacity .......................10-4 2-2. Dimensions........................10-5 3. Controllers ....................10-9 3-1. Central control ........................10-9 3-2. Individual control......................10-9 4. Adapter/Convertor/Maintenance tool ............10-11 5. Cassette grille....................10-13 6.

  • Page 853: Separation Tube

    1. Separation tube 1-1. Connection capacity Connection capacity values written in this section are reference values. For pipe designing, refer to "Piping design" in Chapter 6. SYSTEM DESIGN on page 06-14. For 2 pipes Total cooling capacity of indoor units at rated Model name Connection capacity of separation tube (kBtu/h) condition (x)

  • Page 854: Dimensions

    1-2. Dimensions ¢ Model: UTP-AX090A Exterior [Unit: in (mm)] Part name Q’ty 14-1/4 (362) Ø1/4 (6.35) Ø3/8 (9.52) Ø1/2 (12.70) Ø1/4 (6.35) Ø3/8 (9.52) Ø5/8 (15.88) Ø1/2 (12.70) Ø5/8 (15.88) Liquid pipe Ø1/2 (12.70) Ø3/8 (9.52) Ø1/4 (6.35) 13-1/16 (331) 16-13/16 (427) Ø3/8 (9.52) Ø1/2 (12.70)
  • Page 855 ¢ Model: UTP-AX180A Exterior [Unit: in (mm)] Part name Q’ty 14-1/4 (362) Ø1/4 (6.35) Ø3/8 (9.52) Ø1/2 (12.70) Ø1/4 (6.35) Ø5/8 (15.88) Ø3/8 (9.52) Ø1/2 (12.70) Ø5/8 (15.88) Liquid pipe Ø1/2 (12.70) Ø3/8 (9.52) Ø1/4 (6.35) 13-1/16 (331) 10-5/16 (262) Ø7/8 (22.22) Ø1-1/8 (28.58) Ø1-1/8 (28.58)

  • Page 856: Header

    2. Header 2-1. Connection capacity For pipe designing, refer to "Piping design" in Chapter 6. SYSTEM DESIGN on page 06-14. Total cooling capacity of indoor 3 to 6 Branches 3 to 8 Branches units (x) (Btu/h) x < 96,500 UTR-H0906L UTR-H0908L 96,500 ≤...

  • Page 857: Dimensions

    2-2. Dimensions ¢ Model: UTR-H0906L Exterior [Unit: in (mm)] Part name Q’ty Ø1/4 (6.35) Ø3/8 (9.52) Ø3/8 (9.52) Ø1/2 (12.70) 1-9/16 (40) Ø3/8 (9.52) 3/8 (10) 1-9/16 (40) Ø1/4 (6.35) 2-13/16 (72) Liquid pipe 4-5/8 P2-3/8 × 5 = 11-13/16 (117) (P60 ×...
  • Page 858 ¢ Model: UTR-H0908L Exterior [Unit: in (mm)] Part name Q’ty Ø1/4 (6.35) Ø3/8 (9.52) Ø3/8 (9.52) 1-9/16 (40) Ø1/2 (12.70) Ø3/8 3/8 (10) (9.52) 1-9/16 (40) Ø1/4 2-13/16 (72) (6.35) Liquid pipe 4-5/8 P2-3/8 × 7 = 16-9/16 (117) (P60 × 7 = 420) 24-5/16 (617) Detail A 2-13/16 (72)
  • Page 859 ¢ Model: UTR-H1806L Exterior [Unit: in (mm)] Part name Q’ty Ø1/2 (12.70) 1-9/16 (40) 2-13/16 (72) Ø1/2 Ø1/2 (12.70) Ø5/8 (15.88) (12.70) Ø3/8 (9.52) 3/8 (10) Ø1/4 1-5/8 (42) (6.35) 3-7/16 P2-3/8 × 5 = 11-13/16 (87) (P60 × 5 = 300) Liquid pipe 18-3/8 (467) Detail A...
  • Page 860 ¢ Model: UTR-H1808L Exterior [Unit: in (mm)] Part name Q’ty Ø1/2 (12.70) 1-9/16 Ø1/2 Ø1/2 (12.70) (40) 2-13/16 (72) Ø5/8 (15.88) (12.70) Ø3/8 (9.52) 3/8 (10) Ø1/4 1-5/8 (42) (6.35) 3-7/16 P2-3/8 × 7 = 16-9/16 Liquid pipe (87) (P60 × 7 = 420) Detail A 23-1/8 (587) Ø3/8...

  • Page 861: Controllers

    UTY-ALGXZ1 scale buildings. controller lite Optional: UTY-PLGXA2, UTY- PLGXR2, UTY-PLGXE2, UTY- PLGXP2, UTY-PLGXX2 Control and monitor Fujitsu’s air conditioner via LAN or Internet. Allow Touch panel user or tenant to manage only UTY-DTGYZ1 controller assigned equipment by their PC or tablet from anywhere.
  • Page 862 Exterior Part name Model name Summary Compact remote controller concentrates on the basic functions Simple remote such as Start/Stop, fan control, UTY-RSRY controller temperature setting, and operation mode. Wire type: Non-polar 2-wire Compact remote controller Simple remote concentrates on the basic functions controller UTY-RHRY such as Start/Stop, fan control,...

  • Page 863: Adapter/Convertor/Maintenance Tool

    BMS. Modbus For connection between VRF network convertor for UTY-VMGX system and a Modbus open network. Thermostat For Fujitsu General products using a UTY-TTRX convertor third party thermostat. For connection between VRF network BACnet system to the BMS system using...
  • Page 864 Exterior Part name Model name Summary Extensive monitoring and analysis functions for installation and Service tool UTY-ASGXZ1 maintenance. Operation status and error history can be grasped promptly and adequately. Trouble free operation at all times by web monitoring system. The operation Web monitoring UTY-AMGXZ1 status of the VRF network system...

  • Page 865: Cassette Grille

    5. Cassette grille Exterior Model name Remarks UTG-CCGVG Grid type grille For Compact cassette type UTG-CCGV Standard type grille For Compact cassette type UTG-LCGVCW UTG-LCGVCB For Circular flow cassette type UTG-LCGV For Cassette type - (10-13) - 5. Cassette grille...

  • Page 866: Others

    6. Others 6-1. Parts list Exterior Part name Model name Flange (Square) UTD-SF045T For Medium static pressure duct type Flange (Round) UTD-RF204 For Medium static pressure duct type Air filter UTD-LF25NA × 2 pcs For Medium static pressure duct type Air filter UTD-LF60KA ×...
  • Page 867 Exterior Part name Model name Panel spacer UTG-BKXA-W For Cassette type and Circular flow cassette type Wide panel UTG-AKXA-W For Cassette type and Circular flow cassette type Half concealed kit UTR-STA For Compact floor type IR receiver unit UTY-TRHX For all duct type IR receiver unit UTB-YWC For all duct type...
  • Page 868 Exterior Part name Model name Remote sensor unit UTY-XSZX Install when the condition under the roof is over 80% in humidity and over 86 °F (30 °C) in temperature. Insulation Insulation kit for high UTZ-KXRA* humidity *1: For Cassette and Circular flow cassette type *2: For Compact cassette type Fresh air intake kit UTZ-VXAA...
  • Page 869 Exterior Model name UTY-XWZXZ6 For Outdoor unit and RB unit UTY-XWZXZ7 For Indoor unit and Central remote controller UTY-XWZXZ8 For Central remote controller UTY-XWZXZ9 For Outdoor unit UTY-XWZXZA For Touch panel controller and Central remote controller UTY-XWZXZB For Indoor unit and RB unit UTY-XWZXZC For Indoor unit UTY-XWZXZD...

  • Page 870: Applicable Parts

    6-2. Applicable parts RELATED LINKS "Indoor unit type and applicable control method" in Chapter 5. CONTROL SYSTEM on page 05-7 "Compatibility of VRF system" in Chapter 9. NOTES on page 09-9 ¢ For cassette type Air outlet shutter plate Panel spacer Wide panel Type UTR-YDZB...
  • Page 871 ¢ For duct type Remote sensor Flange Drain pump unit unit Type UTD-SF045T UTD-RF204 UTZ-PU1NBA UTY-XSZX Mini duct ● Slim duct/Slim concealed floor ● Medium static pressure duct ● ● ● ● High static pressure duct ● External connect kit Type UTY-XWZXZ7 UTY-XWZXZB UTY-XWZXZC UTY-XWZXZD UTY-XWZXZE Mini duct...
  • Page 872 ¢ For floor type, floor/ceiling type, and ceiling type Half concealed External power Flange Drain pump unit supply unit Type UTD-RF204 UTZ-PU1EBA UTR-STA UTZ-GXXA Compact floor ● Floor/Ceiling ● Ceiling ● ● ● External connect kit Type UTY-XWZXZ7 UTY-XWZXZB UTY-XWZXZC UTY-XWZXZD UTY-XWZXZE Compact floor ●...

  • Page 873: Optional Parts Installation

    7. Optional parts installation 7-1. Drain pump unit for duct type RELATED LINKS "Applicable parts" on page 10-18 ¢ Specifications Model name UTZ-PU1NBA Height of drain up in (mm) Maximum 39-3/8 (1,000) Power source 220—240 V, 50/60 Hz Power input (230 V, 50/60 Hz) 12/10.8 Current (230 V, 50/60 Hz) 114/92...
  • Page 874 ¢ Installation  Model: UTZ-PU1NBA • Mounting position Unit: in (mm) 6-7/16 Connected drain pipe (163) I.D.: 3/4 (19.05) O.D.: 1-1/16 (27) 6-15/16 19 (470) or more 6 (150) or more (176) Front view Rear view Drain pump unit 6-9/16 4-9/16 46-5/16 (1,177) (166)
  • Page 875 • Installing Loosen the nut on the indoor unit and hook the tip of the bracket. Tighten the nut securely. Make sure that the drain pump unit is not slanted. Hose band (Big) Hose band (Small) Joint hose Tread the hose band through the joint hose and secure the drain pump unit and indoor unit.
  • Page 876 • Installing pipe Rise Gas of 59-1/16 to 78-3/4 in (1.5 to 2 m) Air bleeding Supporter Locally arrangerd pipe O.D. 1-1/16 in (27 mm) Trap or more 1-5/16 in (33.34 mm) or more For construct centralized drain pipe fittings, refer to the electrical wiring. ¢...

  • Page 877: Drain Pump Unit For Ceiling

    7-2. Drain pump unit for ceiling RELATED LINKS "Applicable parts" on page 10-18 ¢ Installing drain pump unit and electrical wiring To indoor unit Drain hose B circuit board Float switch wire Drain pan assy (Connector: Red) Drain pump wire (Connector: Blue) Drain hose A Drain pan assy...

  • Page 878: Fresh Air Intake Kit For Compact Cassette Type

    7-3. Fresh air intake kit for compact cassette type RELATED LINKS "Applicable parts" on page 10-18 ¢ Specifications Model name UTZ-VXAA Fresh air Max. fresh air intake intake volume (For High) in (mm) Ø3-15/16 (100) Connection duct type 4-3/4 × 22-7/16 × 22-7/16 (120 × 570 × 570) Dimensions (H ×...
  • Page 879 ¢ Airflow (inWG) (Pa) 0.80 0.60 0.40 0.20 (CFM) 200 (m³/h) Airlfow Unit: in (mm) 17-11/16 (450) Measurement position of shown in the graph - (10-27) - 7-3. Fresh air intake kit for compact cassette type 7. Optional parts installation...
  • Page 880 ¢ Fresh air control output • You can control duct fan by synchronization with fan operation of indoor unit. • Wire for fresh air control output is supplied with Fresh air intake kit. • Extended length of the wire: Max. 82 ft (25 m). •...
  • Page 881 ¢ Accessories Part name Exterior Q’ty Part name Exterior Q’ty Wire Installation manual (External output 1) Wire Chamber (External output 2) Wire Wire cover (External output 3) Screw Bolt White Extension wire for 1 set Cable tie louver Extension wire for receiver kit - (10-29) - 7-3.
  • Page 882 ¢ Installation precautions • About Fresh air intake kit – The Fresh air intake kit can be installed onto cassette type air conditioners. – The volume of ventilated air provided by the Fresh air intake kit may be unable to fulfill ventila- tion regulations in all countries.
  • Page 883 ¢ Installation  Mounting of indoor unit • For mounting, refer to the installation manual provided with indoor unit. • When installing this product to existing indoor units, adjust the installation height of the indoor units to height 9-7/16 to 9-21/32 in (240 to 245 mm) as shown below. Unit: in (mm) Indoor unit Metal hanging fastener...
  • Page 884 Install the chamber. Fit the four-sided holes of the chamber together with the hook fittings of the Fresh air intake kit (in two places), and secure the attached chamber in place with screws provided. Ø3-15/16 in (100 mm) Screw × 2 Hook fittings •...
  • Page 885 Install the duct. Fasten the connecting parts of the ducts with band, and wrap with vinyl tape to ensure no air leaks. (Carry out the work to ensure no air leakage at a pressure of 0.80 inWG [200 Pa].) NOTE: Do not construct the duct in the manner of below. •...
  • Page 886  Installation of Cassette grille Connect extension wire for use with louvers, or extension wire for optical receiver after provi- sional attaching of the decoration panel. Tie the wires together with the fasteners provided and insert into the hole of the Fresh air intake kit.
  • Page 887 ¢ Installation example • Standard Indoor unit Under the roof Outside Room Panel Outler air Room air Outler air • Case 1: Intake by fan of indoor unit Air filter Connecting duct (locally purchased) (locally purchased) Fresh air intake kit Hood (locally purchased) Fresh air...

  • Page 888: Fresh Air Intake Kit For Cassette Type

    7-4. Fresh air intake kit for cassette type RELATED LINKS "Applicable parts" on page 10-18 ¢ Specifications Model name UTZ-VXRA 2-way intake Fresh air Max. fresh air intake intake volume (For High) 1-way intake in (mm) Ø3-15/16 (100) Connection duct type 4-3/4 ×...
  • Page 889 ¢ Airflow (inWG) (Pa) 0.80 0.60 0.40 1-way intake 0.20 2-way intake (CFM) (m³/h) Airflow Unit: in (mm) For 2-way intake For 1-way intake 39-3/8 (1,000) 39-3/8 (1,000) Measurement position of shown in the graph Measurement position of shown in the graph - (10-37) - 7-4.
  • Page 890 ¢ Fresh air control output • You can control duct fan by synchronization with fan operation of indoor unit. • Wire for fresh air control output is supplied with Fresh air intake kit. • Extended length of the wire: Max. 82 ft (25 m). •...
  • Page 891 ¢ Accessories  UTZ-VXRA Part name Exterior Q’ty Part name Exterior Q’ty Installation manual Insulation 3 Installation manual Insulation 4 (For UTZ-VXGA) Cable tie Duct flange (For UTZ-VXGA) Extension wire for White Cover louver 1 set (For UTZ-VXGA) Extension wire for Screw receiver kit (For UTZ-VXGA)
  • Page 892 ¢ Installation precautions • About Fresh air intake kit – The Fresh air intake kit can be installed onto cassette type air conditioners. – The volume of ventilated air provided by the Fresh air intake kit may be unable to fulfill ventila- tion regulations in all countries.
  • Page 893 ¢ Installation  Mounting of indoor unit • For mounting, refer to the installation manual provided with indoor unit. • When installing this product to existing indoor units, adjust the installation height of the indoor units to height 10-1/4 to 10-7/16 in(260 to 265mm) as shown below. Unit: in (mm) Indoor unit Metal hanging fastener...
  • Page 894  Installation of Fresh air intake kit Attach the Fresh air intake kit to the main body using the bolts provided. DRAIN PIPE Metal fittings DRAIN PIPE Bolt × 4 Attach the Hook plate by each corner of the Fresh air intake kit. (The attaching screws are at- tached to the body of the Fresh air intake kit and must be loosened before installing.) Hook plate Attached...
  • Page 895 Install the duct. a. Fasten the connecting parts of the ducts with bands, and wrap with vinyl tape to ensure no air leaks. (Carry out the work to ensure no air leakage at a pressure of 0.80 inWG [200 Pa].) NOTE: Do not construct the duct in the manner of below.
  • Page 896 3. The existing temperature sensor will not be used so remove it from the sensor holder, and once more install the empty sensor holder (without sensor) in the control box. CAUTION Make sure to install the sensor holder inside the control box, as it is a fire hazard. Otherwise, it may cause fire.
  • Page 897 Install cassette grille panel according to the installation instruction sheet provided. Metal fittings ¢ Installation example • Standard Indoor unit Under the roof Outside Room Panel Outler air Room air Outler air • Case 1: Intake by fan of indoor unit Air filter Connecting duct (locally purchased)

  • Page 898: Auto Louver Grille Kit

    7-5. Auto louver grille kit RELATED LINKS "Applicable parts" on page 10-18 ¢ Specifications UTD-GXSA-W Model name UTD-GXSB-W UTD-GXTA-W Power supply Connecting with Control box of indoor unit Fixing of Auto louver grille Screw fixing to flange or rectangular duct 39-3/8 in (1.0 m) Extension square duct limit Max.
  • Page 899  Models: UTD-GXSB-W Unit: in (mm) 33-1/4 (845) P7-7/8 × 4 = 31-1/2 (P200 × 4 = 800) Burring hole 5 × Ø1/8 (3.2) Hole 2 × Ø3/16 (5) 18-1/4 (463) 3-5/16 (84) 2-15/16 (74) 34-3/4 (883) 1-1/8 (29) 29-3/4 (755) Burring hole Hole 2 ×...
  • Page 900 ¢ Installation precautions • Select the installation location that meets the following requirement and that is approved by the customer. – Cool and warm air should reach the entire room. D ≤ 39-3/8 in (1,000 mm) floor NOTE: • *1: For air velocity and air temperature distribution during heating, refer to "Air ve- locity and temperature distributions"...

  • Page 901: External Power Supply Unit

    7-6. External power supply unit RELATED LINKS "Applicable parts" on page 10-18 ¢ Specifications Model name UTZ-GXXA Power supply 1 Ø AC 24 Power source frequency 50/60 Maximum power consumption Operating °F (°C) 32 to 114.8 (0 to 46) Temperature Packaged °F (°C) 14 to 140 (-10 to 60)
  • Page 902 ¢ Wiring diagram Electric transformer External power (AC 230 V to 24 V)*² supply unit 208/230 V*¹ Relay*² 208/230 V Indoor unit (for indoor unit) NOTES: • *1: A dedicated power supply that is not shut off even if turned off the indoor units. •...
  • Page 903 ¢ Accessories Part name Exterior Q’ty Part name Exterior Q’ty Installation manual Adapter cable External powersupply Cable clamp unit Tapping screw Cable tie (large) Connecting cable (5 m) Cable tie (small) EMI core NOTES: • *1: It is used to connect to the following indoor unit type. –...
  • Page 904 3-3-17, Suenaga, Takatsu-ku, Kawasaki 213-8502, Japan URL : http://www.fujitsu-general.com • "AIRSTAGE" is a worldwide trademark of FUJITSU GENERAL LIMITED. • Microsoft®, Internet Explorer®, Windows®, and Windows Vista® are either registered trademarks or trademarks of Microsoft Corporation in the United States and/or other countries.

Table of Contents